T h e B a l m e L i b r a r y
■ ■ ■ ■ M i
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
TRADITIONAL MEDICINE Ii; NAMNAM LAND
byJoseph Henri Clement Chafoot
Thesis submitted to the Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of M.A.
Legon, 1980
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
I oertlfy that this thesis is ay own original work. Where referenoes have been made to the work, views and analyses of other people, full acknowledgement has been given. 1 also certify that this thesis has not been presented in whole or in part to another institution for any other degree.
Signed*-'.'?*^Candidate
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
recent studies^..a^aro, lllich, juerra.. . )
indicate that medical systems are moulded more by
culture than by science, ihis is even more so with
traditional medical systems whcih are tigthly inter
woven to the fabric of the society which they serve.
l^amnam, an ethnic group of r.'orth £a?terr.
Ghana, is a functional unit composed:of two clusters
of clans: the land owners, or real ..ar.nar.s, and ..a::.-
prussi settlers who 'eat' the chieftaincy. *heir main
occupations are farming and hunting,
xheir system of beliefs supports a world
view which acknowledges the existence of spiritual
entities as well as man's continuous traffic with those.
In order to do so, man has elaborated an effective
communication system which puts him in contact with
spiritual entities who influence the life of the indi
vidual.
i'iamnam medical system has for object the
restoration of an individual's ritual status. It is a
clnsed tut permeable systei which depends on and rein
forces a world view which justifies the modalities and
technologies used in curing illness.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
It is within this frar.ework, according V
a precise internal logic, that an individual becomes
healer, ihe process of selection-training-confiriation
being decreed by God sacralizes the position. It is
not the healer who is credited with cures but his
spirits. His only credit is that of being the care
taker of his nandoo.
Jhe nandoo and the room in which it is
housed are the nerve center of the practice which is
part and parcel of the daily life of the household as
^amnam healers work in their own homes.
A healer's guarantee of prosperity is his
reputation and his fame, .The practice will diminish
or grow at the rythm of his ability to obtain satis
factory results as it is the patient who chooses
between the many alternatives offered to hii when
searching for a cure to his afflictions.
i<ainaa medical system shows itself as the
individual oriented maintenance aspect of the societal
organization, because it treats the multidimentiona-
lity of man and his world, the medical system of ..a~riaz
is holistic.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A CKNO WLED GEMEIf T S
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
J J — ■ - - • - ^
I hereby express my deepest gratitude to the following organizations and individuals w'.o mad- the writing of this thesis possible:
.■.he government of the republic of Ghana who, through his scholarships secretariat, awarded the author s Commonwealth scholarship;
^agnaba Azure, Upper regional Chairman, jhana isychic and traditional dealers Association, and his family;
ihe healers, chiefs and people of ivsinam ^and;
i r Ad am a ..one, ± . *,... .i ...... ; _anako, /.all;
• Wande .leita; Bamako, Mali;
Lr i . A. iKuiasi and Mr Kofi At are Opoku, my supervisor::, Jniversity of Ghana, ^egon;
Mile Rashim Alhuwalia, Frogramm Administrator for Africa, the personnel of the Health division and the International Development research Center, Ottawa, ^anada«
xhe Institute for International Cooperation, University of Ottawa, untario, Canada;
And all those who have helped directly or indirectly In turning a project into a reality. _ut the author accepts full responsability for any error encountered in this work.
J .h.Clement Chabot L -A(Ottawa); Liploma
in International cooperation, (ut oawa).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
T 0— 14 B A
May the dose of idealism always present in the building of great works never die.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
TA3IE OF CONTENTS
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
J-Aa ■*-» - w •- «. —.« ■ - —
Abstract....................................... . .
Acknowledgement ............................... P .Ledicat i ..................................... .
iatle of Contents............................. p.
. ri-L' jL* . •cr.tr.-i or. oj th>-; „or/..
l.U
1.1- Ir.troduotion...............1.2- Jhe rroblem................1.3- Ihe Objectives............
1.3.1- Lcor.osi c Corsidsrat1.3*2- Actual .rends......l.>0 - i'ne society........Key concepts...............1.4.1- traditional /.edecir.
, 2 ',2
1.4.2- f'ricar. traditional .iedoci r.e ....1.4.3- .iolistic I’.edecine .
1.5- .-hypothesis.........................1.6- methodology........................1.7- Implications.......................1.8- Organization of the i-resentation.
111112 1 2
l417l£
CrIAi I' 2= II- .CO. G-> nA'—.A'i.
2.1- Introduction........................2.2- Ceographical Location..............2.3- ihe Land Owners....................
2.3.1- jayth of Origin..............2.3.2- Ilngdana....................2 .3.3- .'ieet:n0 the AS.uprussi s .....
2.4- xhe Chieftaincy Clan..............2.4.1- ihe ..anderino .•la.mprussi s. . .2.4.2- ioundir.^ of ^sr.^ode chiefsh2.4.3- cenealo^y of ^amnam Chiefs.
2.5- riov: the tvco fora a functional unit2.6- Conclusion.......... • * • ♦ •
19O ^
2222
• • 2 ( -*.27.^.2y• t •
. . o : ^ —
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
C:iAx .*■ - I n - A.* wJw , J _ .« - ■
3.1- Introduction............................. j^«353.2- ^he Actors............................... P-35
3.2.1- vjod,;.2.2- A-ori;ns........................... P • 37
3 .2 .3 - --- ^ ..........................;-393.2.4- Human seines......................3 .2 .5- Akirlk.............................p.4C
3.3- ihe material............................ I- • £43.3-1- Creation of the World...........p. 643.3.2- Ihe Quarrel..................... f.'-i3* 3.3- -the ......................... r . - -3* 3* nesponsahilities............... I- • - 7
3 . Cnncectr................................. >. 93-^.1- Witchcraft....................... c. ?03.4.2- Chosts............................. . 713.4.3- Judgement........................P .7^3.4.^- Xetasorphosi s................... p.'N3.4.5- .Reincarnation................... P-77
j . 5- Lhannels of Communications............. p. 793. £- Conclusion.............................. p.2j
I/- +r.-i 0- A ;-A .-.-.•
4.1- introduction............................ p.864.2- Before the jirth of the Healer........ f • 9"4.3- uirth and ^ife up to the i^eath of
the rather..............................• i: ■ 9 34.4- personal events......................... f . ?£
4.4.1- Crowing up in oociety...,..... p . 984.4.2- first j.xile..................... p.994.h .3- running Away fro:E his Call..4.4.4- ,irst initiation................ ^»1^‘4.4.5- Second Initiation............... . 13
, , - lr!4.~.6- .Vanning off to the . U S - - • • i
4.4.7- uecor.d axile..................... „.l'4.4.3- return to i.sngode............... p.lC?
4.5- Conclusion............................. ^
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5.15.2-
5.35.4-
5-5-
6 . 1 - o . 2 -r -n
0 V"
6.5-
£.6-
6 . 7-Appen
Introduction............................ p . Illsp i r i t s .............................. p . 1155.2.1- irlts and /aiily Lines...... p.1155 . 2 . 2 - ^a^nata’s spirits.............. p.11c5.2.3- Hov: to Catch spirits.......... p.lit5.2.4- _uildin_: of s healing shrine... p. 1155.2.5- s h r i n e s............................. p . 122Initiation of a ..osan..................p. 125xypss of dealers........................p. 12?5*^.1- -he specialist.................. p.12?
Pht spirit usli s t ..................; . 12cConciusi on............................. c. 12 Ji
,.1 w1 - . •
w< * * “ jfi Ax /v- < /i u -i. w —( X ..Aw a 1
Introcuction............................ p . 132s-i0ar Operand!......................... • -1 -J5A ±yflcal ^ay........................... r . 1, .*he rersonnel........................... p. 1^£6.4.1- Luties ^elated to the „elfare
of the patient.................. P.14E6.4.2- ^uties Related to treatment. . . .p .Ihe ratient..............................p. 1526.5.1- Identity and jrigins........... F*156 .5 .2- The Patient in the house.........p .15^6.5.3- Levels nf Recourse..............-.152Certain Aspects of the Iractice.......;•!-?6.6.1- Consultation.................... . ,i?lO . ^ -1 ^J ^ t • • • • • « • • • t t t * • • • • • • • t- • j . ; ^
o. s. 3- -rea .T.ent.......................P • 1 ??6.6.4- isychic help.....................6.6.5- /.ental Illr.esf.................. :.2"°Conclusion................................ . 2ltdix 1- Coct s............................ p. 221
J(eces sar v Co z t s • • • • • •••• •••••• •.. #23*Accessory Costs.................p. 222
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
nAir — —.. » “■ w J.» wa, J.. £ -1 ~ - — V
?.l- Joncl'J ri ons7.2- iro^-ctive,
22 ‘
- » . . . J j .
^ooks Consulted, ^conoii c £.......
9 - *-- 2 ''P^O ? c?
st of Annexes; ...^ i- rs i:-:':t • s otserv? :io: .-i 1hr.;.
x * ( ** * ^
Ar.nc-x . - . . ‘ . -lo-io....ule& and ..emulations of the Association of jhana i-sychic
V- c.
255o 'o c.
Annex
_i st of ,-i :ures
proposed Leg! slation Joncernir. _ the practice of Homeopathy, Osteopathy and Other ^yste~.s of Unorthodox ..-sdicine exce;;t- Iraditional medicine. proposals for legislation for the .-.emulation and Control of I i - tional Therapeutics and medicine ...............................growth anc Development........
■ y;
i irure I- .iealer’ s Compound. . . . .lsur-: 11- ilace of Initiation.
_i St of ;
.■iac i- £thnic Li stri tution-ueo _rai hical,II- p n c r > c •j j. | ••• • • ••• i
2 1? £■ a., ixi- Area of ..sje&rch
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
di st of J .atles:
*atle I- j^nealo^y of Chiefs............... p.j-alile II- -iox the two form a functional
Lnlt....p.Table III- How rour makes One in various
.rail tio/,_.. . p..xatli IV- of Clientele ty *ype.......... p.
32
15:,1 a^rais:
.ia^ras I- .-.fcsuat of research jectorsInto Traditional dedecine...... p.
liajram II- l:rafras.........................diagram III- direction of Communications..p .diagram n - general '$vision of a r-.\ p.l !r^^rai ■ — A -ypicalliagram vl- Places of Encounter............ p.
82 X -i-:i-i
acrai 'A agram da^rai
-ia^raa vrII- holes...........................p.:v ill* .ue^els of recourse*Ia- iwuaasi’s Concentric ^odel. a - .-.evised Concentric ^odel....
L-i agram a I - diagnosis.......... p.diagram aII- necessary Costs.............. ,p.diagram XIII- rrospective........... .......P .diagram XIv- i-ossession..................... p.diagram X/- Initiation...................... p.
f *
p. lei
221235265265
List of plates:
Plat es I ;; II- Origins of the firstAncestor...
Plate III- z,ugre.......................Plate I.’- 1‘he Healer and hi s, .^andoo. . Plate V- A Consultation at the -ftPlate VI- Sprain medecine............Plate VII- Preparation of dedecine... Plate Jill- Application of a Poulticeplate Id- Ihe dother lakes Over......Plate a - divination 3ag and ^tick.... Plates XI-XV- ^uilding an Altar......
:.2J-2 ,22 , 1 i L1 11 "3
, 14 J .U11 7-■ 193i cL1 * y ’-)Ca
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1 -- • * /a.- -.. J. . _ -— •
1,. 1- Introf uction.
1.. 2- * he rrotleu.
1.. J- Jie jectivcs •
1-3. 1- Econoni c Co.asiieratlor.j.
1.3. 2- Actual X end c.
1-3. 3- i.'.e ^oc i ety.1, *k J "’Qnue^ts.
1. i'radlti onal ..cdeoint.1. u. 2_ Afri can rad itior.al i-.edeclnei.u. Ho 11sti c c* A6 01 C' •
1.• 5- Hypo th esl s.
1.,6- Methodology.
1. Impllc ations.
1.6- Organization of the Presentation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1
1 . 1 — • 0 *ihls study endeavours to demonstrate that
traditional medecine as practiced by the .<ainai of
the upper ne^ion of jhana is holistic and governed
by its own internal logic; that it is a closed cut
permeable system observable through its organization
and the functioning of its mechanisms.
Ihis work is conceived as a step in the
direction of endogenous development as well as to
supply some information on the medical system of a
region about which little has been written. Ihe lar
ger portion of this study is based on many years of
field research, primary data was sifted in order to
isolate items pertaining to what ^amnais themselves
identify as 'medecine' or 'medical'.An Investigation
of the written material on the subject was conducted
in order to translate concepts or ideas into scien
tifically understandable language as w^ll as to ob
serve the relationship of such concepts in relation
to the data accumulated from the field work.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2
1 .2- I HE PRO-LZ>:.Each and every human settlement since the
dawn of man has elaborated a system to keep Its
members fit to fulfi11 their corporate duties. Confronted with the failure of biomedical medicine to
fulfill its promises on the one hand, with a rise in the popularity of traditional medicine on the other, and also faced with the necessity to ameliorate health
care delivery systems, it became imperious, in the present conjecture, to study the existing structures
in order to utilize them to their optimum.
1.3- THE OBJECTIVES.The objectives of this study are to find
out what happens when a Namnam falls ill; which mechanisms are set in motion in order restore a
complainant to a state recognized by himself and his society as one of 'well being'; what is the role of
such a system within the societal structure of which
it is but a part.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The following questions were framed as guidelines to the study:
1. Who is Namnam?2. What are the foundations of his society
as it is out of these foundations that the healing system is issued; it is also on these foundations that the system
rests?
3. Who can deal with ill health and how is that person selected and trained?
4. a s society recognizes certain individuals
the ability to deal with ill health, do they also recognize and if so how do they recognize the profession of healer?
5. Do healers themselves form a corporate body?
6 . How does a healing practice function in
day to day life?
In pursuance of this research, it proved
necessary to see if the body of ideas governing health was taking into consideration the full reality of
traditional healing as lived by the people who make
use of the system.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1.3.1- ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS.The position of traditional healing in
relation to the body of ideas governing health is
first and foremost subjected to economic variables.Third world economies such as that of Ghana
are characterized by the coexistance of two antagonistic sectors: a pre-capitalist sector usually
labelled 'traditional' and a capitalist sector usually labelled 'modern'. The traditional sector can operate independently of the modern sector whilst the
modern sector is directly dependant of the traditional
sector. This traditional sector has proven itself
through the test of time whilst the modern sector has yet to convince vast majorities of people of it's
relevance to their welfare.The debate on integration of the two sys
tems hereby takes a new turn: it becomes obvious that
it is not the traditional sector which is seeding
integration to the modern sector but rather the modern
sector which is seeking ways and means to subjugate the traditional sector.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5
Deterioration in terms of trade coupled to a greater demand for better, more comprehensive health coverage has painfully but certainly sent the biological (western) medical model to the realms of a
utopia as most developing countries find it difficult to fulfill their present committments, let alone an
extension of services along the western lines. This situation in itself calls for and favours innovative
approaches which might challenge the •en bloc' importation of models.
1.3.2- ACTUAL TRENDS.
In the present conjecture, research’s
favourite child is the herbal aspect of traditional cures. A number of developing countries are inves
tigating their traditional pharmacopea in the hope of Isolating the working principles from plants with
an aim at marketing such decoctions commercially.
Zafre and Mali are clear examples of this trend.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
But the plant aspect of traditionalmedicine forms but a minute part of the process of
healing and as Una MacLean pointed out:"To direct attention, in the study of African medicine, solely upon the pharmacologically active components of herbal medecine is not to sift what is scientifically valuable from dross Irrelevance.The enduring valor of African medecine lies not in its materials but in the methods and the concepts which underly them and its continuing power is a tribute to the . practitioners of this ancient art."1Strangely enough, biological medecine
has recently acquired for itself and begun propagating the concept of holistic medecine. George Brown states that:
"In recent years, an awareness of the limitations of modern medecine has resulted in an increased interest in the function and importance of those alternative approaches. At the same time, a number of approaches to healing and health promotion have emerged and techniques have been adapted from other cultures.
1. Mac Lean, Una, Magical Medecine, A NigerianCase Study; London, Penguin, 1971,p.
2. brown, George f.; Alternative Approaches to Health Promotion; Private Paper, Ottawa, I.D.n.C.; 1976, p.9
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
LI AZz A.. i
R6sum6 des secteurs de recherche en m £decine trad itionne lie
1. R e c h e r c h e s u r l e s p r a t i c i e n s t r a d i t i o n n e l s d e t o u s g e n r e s2. R e c h e r c h e s u r l es s y s t f em es , p r o c £ d £ s , t e c h n i q u e s et p r i n c l p e s f o n d a m e n t a u x d e la m 6 d e -
c i n e t r a d i l i o n n e l l e3. R e c h e r c h e s u r l e s p l a n t e s m ^ d ic ln a le s4. E v a lu a t i o n d e s p r o g r a m m e s t h ^ r a p e u t i q u e s5. R e c h e r c h e s u r l e s r e m e d e s e t l e s m a la d i e s6. R e c h e r c h e s u r l e s m e s u r e s d e p r o m o t i o n , d '^ d u c a t i o n et d e p r e v e n t i o n7. D o m a i n e s m £ t a p h y s i q u e et p a r a s c l e n t i f i q u e , c o s m o l o g i e et a s t r o l o g i e , p a r a p s y c h o l o g i e ,
h y p n o s e , i n c a n t a t i o n s r e l i g i e u s e s et m e d i t a t i o n8. R e c h e r c h e s u r le d £ v e l o p p e m e n t d e s p e r s o n n e l s , i m p a c t et u t i l i s a t i o n d e s s e r v i c e s d e s a n t 6
Source: Promotion et Developpement de la Hedeclne Traditionnelie, Rapport Technique no.622, Genfeve, O.M.S.; 1978, p.35.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Holistic medicine seeks to treat man in hisfull dimension because:
"the crisis of Western medecine Is usually seen as being by it's technical evolution without anthropological deepening...Lindenbloom(1965) concluded that the preoccupation with the technique diminishes the personal relationship between doctor and patient. Lambo(197l) stated thet investigators concerned upon certain mechanisms, upon special organs and systems to good purpose.The patient himself was provisionally the incidental battlefield of a bacteriological conflict, or the irrelevant container of a fascinating biochemical process."3Illlch states clearly the dangers engendered
by the inconsiderate application of a biomedical model:
"Every culture elaborates and defines a particular way to be human, to be ^ sane, to enjoy, to suffer and to die." "...This power generator of health, inherant to each and every traditional culture, is fundamentally threatened by the development of contemporary medecine."5
~y. Jansen, G.; The Doctor Patient Relationship in an African Tribal Society; Assen, Van Gorcum & Co.; 1973> p.2.
4. Illlch, Ivan; Nemesis Medicale, Paris, Seuil,1975, P.132.
5. ibid.; p.133
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Magaro further highlights the dangers ofimposing the logos of a culture upon another when theterm 'scientific* is utilised to justify politicaldecisions which subjugate one culture to another. Hewrites that "treatments are primaraly social phenomena,born of specific historical trends and based on valueassumptions that change. As world views change, so do
6treatments."
Proposed legislation on the practice of traditional medecine, as can be observed in annex VI , clearly demonstrates this will to subordinate tradition to modernity without talcing into consideration the place traditional medicine occupies in the life of Ghanaians. Social mechanisms, of which traditional medecine is part, are born out of the cultural material. It is through the observation of the mechanisms in action that can be grasped the Weltanschauung of a society.
6. Grlpp, Robert, et al.; Ihe flental Health Industry: A Cultural Phenomenon; wiley, Toronto.197&; p.lol.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1.3.3- THE SOCIETY.The society we are looking at rests on a
precarious equilibrium between various acephalous(7) groups and a chieftaincy clan. The subordination of
acephalous groups to the Nangode paramountcy is rather recent thus the change has never been consi
dered a permanent one. To form a unit called Kamnam, this unit borrows from both groups tfyus giving a unified system which transcends specific differences.
A Namnam knows he is wamnam, like a lallensi knows he is rallensi(8 ) through a shared cosmogony
enacted during the performance of their magico-reli-
gious rituals. This cosmogony supports a world view
which acknowledges a spiritual dimension to man and to
the world.
7. Middleton, John & Tait, David, ed.; Tribes Without rulers; London; Routledge <£ Kegan Paul, 1970, 23^p.
6 . For a description of the functioning of Tallisociety, see Meyer Fortes, The Dynamics of Clanship as well as The 'web of Kinship Amongst the lallensi S ; Oxford, University press, 1 9 5 3.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
As we shall demonstrate further on, the
greater part of man and of the universe lies in the
spiritual sphere. In this context, the notion of illness espoused by Namnams do take this dimention into
serious account and the healing system which they have elaborated contains mechanisms to deal with the
spiritual sphere.1.4- KEY CONCEPTS.
1.4.1- Traditional Medecine.'Traditional medecine would be the body of knowledge and practices explicable or not in order to reach diagnosis, prevent or eleminate a desiquilibrium (physical, mental or social) exclusively using life's experience and observation transmittedorally or in the written form from gene-
9ration to generation."
QMS; Rapport Technique no. 622: promotion etDeveloppement de la Medecine Tradltlonnelle; Geneve, OMo, 19?3• pp. B- 9 ; (translation by the author).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1.4.2- African Traditional Medecine.
"African Traditional Medecine would also be the meeting of a solid dynamic medi
cal know how coupled to ancestral expe- ri ence.
African traditional medecine could
also be considered as the body of prac
tices, measures, Ingredients, interven
tions of all types, material or other,
which have allowed the African to armhimself against sickness, to alleviate
10suffering or heal himself."
1.4.3- Holistic medecine.A comprehensive system aimed at man in
his globality using an approach which is both
ontological and naturalistic, ^uch a system func
tions and evolves according to it's own internal
logic.
10. OXS; op. Cit.; pp.8-9.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1 . ^ ^ x — ± ~ ■lo be holistic, a medical system should
take into account the multidimentional nature of three
variables: the world, man and the system per se.
Firstly the multidimentional nature of the
world as expressed through a shared world view observable
in the societal organization: the essence in and out of
which man evolves; secondly, the multidimentional nature
of man himself who is the cause as well as the reason
for the existence of a medical system;, thirdly, the
multidimentional nature of the system per se.
If the medical system of £amnai can be
observed through it's role, nature and function to tarce
into account the above mentioned variables, we would
then be in presence of a medical system which fulfills
the conditions for being holistic.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1.6- METHODOLOGY.The main goal of this research Is to remedy
to some extent to the almost complete vacuum of
written material on Namnam generally and on their healing practices in particular. In the long term, we aim at the establishment of an endogenous medical
system which would take into account the realities
of the people by whom and for whom the system would
have been designed or their actual system modified.
This research moved through five different stages. 1. Primary data collection was begun in
1973 whilst a teacher at Bawku secondary School.2. This data was seen as irrelevant until I was
admitted to do a course of studies at the Institute of African Studies of the University of Ghana, Legon,
where we realized that religion permeates every aspect of Ghanaian life; that it was in fact the
guiding principle of most societies in Ghana. 3-Now
formed in the proper frame of mind and armed with
adequate tools, field work was conducted in Nangode,
with Zua and Pelungu as verification villages, where
friendship with a healer of great status, Bagnaba
Azure, opened the way to specific investigation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Whilst conducting the field work, we
realized that the questionnaire method gave very
unsatisfactory results. Since time was rather a friend than an ennemy, the following ten points
method was utilized. These ten points were more ten different ways to seek information from the inside
in face to face relationships.
1. Informal discussions with members of the society on traditional medecine;
2. Collection of pertinent elements from
the body of oral traditions;
3. Consultations with healers, soothsayers and other 'medical' personnel in diffe
rent locations;4. Organization of debates on the topic;
5. Essay competitions for tiamnam students in Eawku and Bolgatanga Secondary School
6 . Education into the system;
7- Attachmentto/Apprenticeship with a heale
8 . Observation/recording of cases;
9. Initiation into the practice;
1 0 .Involvement in a healing practice.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4. In order to Interpret the data with a certain amount of objectivity, it was found necessary to investigate a wide area of the litterature on the subject of traditional medecine. The year (academic) 1979 was spent at the Institute for International Cooperation of the University of Ottawa who are depository of United Nations documents. In May of 1979 I was permitted, to do a one month prac- ticum with the Health section of the International Development Research Center in Ottawa who are involved in the field of traditional medicine and who put their material, without restrictions, at my disposal.5. In August of 1979» I returned to the University of Ghana, Legon, to complete the writing of the work and to verify the material.
We returned with the awareness that traditional medecine Is holistic, self sufficient and in many cases the only recourse vast majorities of people have when struck by ill health: also with the awareness of successes and failures of integration schemes and of the forces opposed to thorough investigation aimed
at the endogenous development of traditional medecine.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Acquaintance with the works of Carl Gustav Jung, with parapsychology and metaphysics offered
adequate albeit unorthodox tools for the investigation and interpretation of the subject.
I.7- IMPLICATIONS.
If the call of the World Health Organization
'5asic Health Care for All by the year 2000' is to
be met, health will have to be won in partneurship
with the people. The greater part of the reform ofthe medical system will have to come from the bottom.
Changes thus acquired would have social significance(ie: be permanent).
The reconceptualization of the subject areashould help to relinquish the dictature of thewestern medico-industrial complex opening the door
for authentic endogenous development. (development11
as a permanent modification of structures.)
II. Notions of development, growth and economic progress are exposed in annex VII.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1 • 8- OnGAi'iIZAIIOl'i Or THE r'r.r.oEm I On.
In pursuance of the objectives of the
research, the material is organized and presented in a manner similar to a funnel: from generalities
to specifics. The number method of Identification
of chapters and sub chapters has been adopted as it contributes to the clarity of the presentation.
The first chapter states the problem, the
objectives, the background, the hypothesis and the
methodology of the presentation. Chapter two deals
with the constituants of Namnam society. Chapter
three recaptures the foundations of Namnam society:
their world view, man in his holeness and the com
munication network used to reach the remotest part of their world. Chapter four exposes the many varia
bles which contribute to the making of a healer in a holistic context. Chapter five looks at what is
acknowledged as the medical profession or the pro
fession of healer. Chapter six does a micro analysis of the modus operandi of one practice. Chapter seven
gives the general conclusions and the recommandations
of the research.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
CHArTSr. II
a J* ", _ Oni .»A.'..A.\
2.1- Introduction.
2.2- Geographical Location.
2.3- The Land Owners:
2.3.1- Myth of Origin
2.3.2- Tlngdana2 .3 *3- Meeting the riamprussis
2.4- rhe Chieftaincy Clan:2.4.1- The Wandering Mamprussis
2.4.2- Founding of the Nangode Chiefship
2.4.3- Genealogy of Namnam chiefs2.5- How the two form a functional unit2 .6-Conclusion
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
CriAP.L-.rl II
NOIEo JN NAX.-Ajm
2.1- INTRODUCTION.
All medical systems are elaborated by the societies which make use of them. They occupy a definite place within the structural organization of the society in which they operate.
Namnam society constitutes a precarious equilibrium between various acephalous groups(mainly Nakparanas) and a chieftaincy clan. The subordination of the area known as Namnam land dates back to the period of indirect rule where the British, the then colonial master, were dreaming of a unified Northern Territory in North East Ghana. This territory would have been under the umbrella of the Nayiri, chief of the Mamprussis, whose palace is at Nalerigu.Ihis never materialized and tensions thus created are still present in modern Ghana as the problem has yet to be solved.
Albeit the basic differences in the power structure, functional unity has been reached by the inhabitants through the definition of specific areas
of responsabllity and the elaboration of mechanisms
which foster cooperation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.2- GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
Rattray tells us that "they inhabit a trian
gular strip of country bounded on the east by the ned
Volta; the Talense lie to the South, the ankanse onthe West. They are among the smallest of the northern
Territories tribes. The people call themselves iv'amnan
(sing. Nabt), the language Nabte, and their country 12
n'abrug. '
Today, they are one of the three ethnic groups englobed by the term Frafra as observed in
figure II.The chief of each of these three para-
mountcy located in Bongo, jolgatanga and Nangodeare enskinned at flalerlgu by the Nayiri.
DIAGr.A/. II
12. Rattray; The Tribes of the Ashante Hinterland, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1969, p.366.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The census office of Ghana published a much more realistic map in 1964;
Source; Atlas of Population Characteristics,Accra, Survey of Ghana and Census Office, 1964, p.9.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.3 - THE LAa D OV^'SRa.2.3.1- Myth of Origin.
The Inhabitants of Kamnam land are believed to have come out of a hole in the ground in a village named Zua(or Zoa or Zuaga). The following story was given by the chief of Zua(Zua naba) who is also the tingdana.
13One day the tnole(loa) made a hole, when
the ancestors peaked through, they saw how beautiful nature was and decided to live on the land.
The first ancestor was known as Babule. He married a lady from the Zuolub clan. They went and settled at the Red Volta. One day, Babule found a Kussassi man who was lost so he took him to the house. With the help of the man, the family prospered. Babule decided to marry his daughter to the Kussassi man.
13. The mole, being associated with the life of the ancestors while they were underground, is taboo.
This is the loa mentioned by Rattray and translated by "red squirrel" which It is not. The red squirrel is the totemic animal of a specific family whose head was helped by the squirrel.
Rattray; op. cit.; p.372.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A;
Where the first ancestors came out of the ground and where Babule is remembered. The larger flat stone covers the hole whilst the small round one indicates that a chief is burried there.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Close up of the rock blocking the hole out of which came the first ancestors of Uamnam. Namnams keep record of their dead with almost perfect round stones as can be seen to the right of the lar.er
ilat stone.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.3.2 - Tlngdana
Zua naba could at that time only rememberthat after Babule came a series of people. Thencame one man called Akia: he was the head of theclan. He gave birth to Akabe, then to Atigbas whogave birth to Akabe then to another Atigbas. Promthis last Tigbas came Tenga, the present tingdana.
Zua is an interesting case because It hastwo tingdanas; .one who is male and at the same timechief, and another one who is female.
"Zoga has two Ten'dan, a male and a female, but I(the female) own the land, as is proved by the fact that mine isthe hind leg of all sacrifices; the maleonly gets a foreleg.
the male cuts the throat ofsacrificial animals.
Female Ten'dan are chosen from one family and my clan is the loa.(a red squirrel?).
nThe land is female and above is male. When I sacrifice, I call my father to ••reach" his father who will "reach" the grove. Birth, crops, the getting of wives, good sleep, depend upon the land."15
14 - Rattray7 op. cit. ; pp. 571-372.15 - ibid. ; p. 369
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.3.3- Meeting the Mamprussis.Babule met the wandering Mamprussis at
Soliga. He was much afraid and wanted to run awaybut the Mamprussis stopped him and asked where therewas water to satisfy their thirst. After they drankat Koulbeow(the bad river), he gave them his daughterDabo in marriage. Out of the marriage came two sons:Beyam and Zud.
He dowry was paid, -for Sabo but in exchangeBabule was given a black hat and smock thereforemaking him a chief.
The female, tingdana declared to Rattray:M Our ancestors did not come from any other place. Na Wen(God) created our Yaba and allowed him to be on the land.No stranger cam possess ten-kur(land stones). Formerly we called our land Zug, and there were only thorns upon it. shen the Dagbama(,Dagumbaj came and ate the chieftainship and called the land Gohe-nam or Nangoot.0*'®
16- Rattray, op. cit. ; p. 373
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Z.k - The Chieftaincy Clan,2.^.1- The Wandering Mamprussis.
Lorro was the son of the Nayire of Nalerigu. Following a family quarrel, he left Nalerigu with some of his people and his bugrt. They tried to settle in a number of places but were driven away by the local inhabitants because they felt superior and did not respect local laws.
They met Babul£ at Soliga, married Dabo, settled at Nkirik Zuor and had two sons: Zud and Beyam. Zud, being the eldest, did not stay with his father whilst Beyam did* During Lorro's life, Beyam killed and ate of the meat of the python. In doing so, he was severing the links with the Mamprussis as their totemic animal is the python.
When Lorro died, Zud, the first born, refused to take care of the bugr£ so Beyam, who had stayed with his father and knew how to tend the shrine, took over. Beyam then came and settled in today's Nangode.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Small hut containing the Nangode Bugre. ^^This shrine is under the reeponsability
of the oldest man in the village.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.4.2- Founding of Hangode Chiefship.Beyam stayed and prospered in Nangode. One
day, he went to Nalerigu for a visit. When he arrived, the people of Nalerigu saw that he was well setteled: he had many wives, cattle and children.
The Nalerigu people wanted to make him chief of the new place he had discovered but he got up and started to run away. He said that he did not want it and that he was quite satisfied with his bakologo. But the people ran after him, dressed him in the hat and smock therefore making him chief of Nangode.
Nangode naba is enskinned in that manner up to this day.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.4.3- Genealogy of Namnara Chiefs.X
BATTKAY FIELD WORK ........... ' EVENTSLoro Lorro Left Nalerigu.Zan Beyam 1st Nangode nabaDyetemPubuge Kambonse(gun men)IssakaKonteemBazireneLamsinDayiJcapeonTooYelazooZuru Zur£ White man cameNwenaTii KilledZuru II Lanyelle Azur6 Capt Wheeler and white soldiers.
Gold mines cameKumda Gold mines leftAmur£ 1956 ^Nasi 1967
TA break occured before the election of Nasi: the skin had been given to an elected chief.Sources; Rattray, op. Cit. ; p. 366
Field Work.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The birth of Nangode paramountcy over Naum am land and for that matter Namnam land as it is known since then is rather recent. It goes only back to Lanyele Azure's trip to Nalerigu and Gam- baga in January 1910.1? With the help of the white soldiers, Azur£ and the Tarana of Pelungu went about demarcating the land which was to become subject to flangode naba.
The original namnams came from the land and are the land owners, (actually the land belongs to the spirits and the tlngdana takes care of it.)The chieftaincy clan, originally from Nalerigu, are settlers1on the land. The areas of responsibility are well defined. "The Mamprussi are conscious of their kingship as a social and cultural feature which distinguish them as individuals from the members of these acephalous societies.nl®But since the two must live in peace, the following table shows some similies, compromises and differences.17-Roger Thomas of the department of history of the
University of Ghana, Legon, gave the date of January 27, 1910, for the meeting of Azure and Captain Wheeler, the 'white' officer.
18- Drucker-Brown, Susanj Ritual. Aspects of Mamprus—si Kingship, Cambridge, African Studies Center, 1975, p. 9.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.5 - HOW THE TWO FORM A FUNCTIONAL UNIT.
|naiJGODE1NAMNAM MAMPRUSSI
JUNCTION Woman MARRIAGE ManEarth SkyRecieve front leg of sacrifices to Bugre
Send front leg of animals sacrificed to Bugr6Beyam killed and ate of ±he_ghjjgn.
DIFFERENCES Indigenous SettlersTingdanaship ChieftaincyGroves Bugre
SIMILIES Same language (Nab* te)Same tribal marksUse of Bakologo
i'A-L£ IIFor the Mamprussi, "The senior elders, the
muslims, the drummers and the earth priests are referred metaphorically as the King's wives".19- Druoker Brown, op. cit, f p. 40
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2.6- CONCLUSION.
An organizational model of this type ofsociety was given by Keyer Fortes:
The Tallensis are internally divided by a major cleavage into two clusters of clans, the Namoo clans on the one hand, and the lalis clans and their congeneers, on the other. These two groups are distinguished by differences in their myth of origin, their totemic or quasi totemic usages and beliefs, the politico-ritual privileges and duties connected with the Earth cult, and, to some extent, by their local distribution. The clans belonging to each group are more closely interlinked by clanship and politico-ritual ties than any one of them is linked to clans of the other group."20The organization of the Society defines
the modalities of the medical system. Although theprofession as a whole is seen as an encompassingunit, the modus operand!, the training of the healer^are dictated in the greater part by the clan to whichhe belongs. Cures necessitating sacrifices to thelanr' will involve the land owners, namely thetingdana.
20. Meyer Fortes; The Web of Kinship Among the Talensls;Oxfordi University Press; 1957;p.2
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The importance of the organization becomes
even more evident from the point of view of a person
seeking a cure to his illness. It is this organization which will dictate the path which will be followed
to recover one's ritual status.In the next chapter we study Namnam world
view in order to isolate some of the key concepts
which underlie the internal logic of lMamnam society in general and of the medical system in particular.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
C.-iAJ-T'i.i III- Ai1.^AX C Q o M 3 G 0 a Y3.1- Introduction.
3-2- The Actors:
3.2.1-God3.2.2-Worlms
3 .2 . 3-Ba :>'ani
3.2.4-Human 5elngs
3.2. 5-Jiklrlk3.3- The Material:
3-3.1-Creetion of the world
3.3-2-Ihe quarrel
3.3-3-Ihe sea
3. 3.4-nesponsa'blllties
3.4-Concepts:
3*4.1-Witchcraft
3.4.2-Ghosts
3.4.3-Judgement
3.4.4-Metamorphosls
3.4. 5-.Reincarnation
3.5-Channels of Communication
3.6-Concluslon
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
OKAPI'2. Ill
N Ai'iA A.’i C Jo.'.OJ 3i<iY
3 • 1 I^rnODUC ?I Ou.
It is in the cosmogony espoused by wamnaas
that we find the foundations of Namnam society. Ihis cosmogony enshrines the agents which underlie the
functioning of the internal logic governing societal mechanisms of which the medical system is a part.
We concentrate here on those which are in
more direct relationship to the medical system. io do so, we have used four headings: the actors, the material, the concepts and channels of communication.
3.2- fEE ACTORS.
This heading englobes five units: God,
Worlms(bpirits), 5anam(Ancestors), Human Beings,
and iJklrlks(dwarfs or fairies). As we shall see, each has a role to play either in this world, in the netherworld, or in interrelation with the two.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
nothing created God. God is one and only
one. He Is everywhere, under the ground and above us, seeing to his work.
Many names are used when speaking of him:Na Yi n , chief of the ylns;
Nduguma, the most honoured;
Gbaar 3a Zan, Greater than all;
aaa Zougou Dan, Owner of the highness;Mb a :\awln, Father of the yins; . . .He is never addressed directly or person-
nally. He Is the one responsible for the creation of the world.
3.2.1.1- How Na Yin began his creation.
The following Is a direct translation fo
a recorded interview with Bagnaba's spirits conducted
in Nangode during August and September 1977.
In addition to revealing the myth of creation as seen in Namnam, this Interview also reveals, amongst other things, the importance of numbers.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
"One day Na Yin yawned three times. Then
it came to his mind so he got up and spoke to himself:
" As I am standing, having in mind to make a lot of creations, where am I going to begin first?"It was through this first yawning that it came to his mind that he would first of all need helpers.
He therefore made the worlms first".3.2.2 Worlms.
Worlms are usually translated by the term 'spirits'. But in namnam conception, a worim is
equated to 'life owner'.God used 'yin ntan'(tears of God) and
special mud to make them. "It was after the quarrel
between man and us that God gave us his breath and made us bodyless"- At first, worims were in human
form and that was the time they used to come to earth.
"God created us worlms, usually calledspirits or fairies, to come to this earth to take care
of everything. Everything is divided amongst specific worlms. In those times, there was nothing apart fronus and man never came to earth.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
After we had taken care of everything, we
went back to God to take up our position as messengers
of God to help man in his daily activities.
Our work is to follow human being to mate their work easier and better. If sacrifices have to
be made to Na Yin, we come and tell you. We are the
messengers between the living on one side and God and the ancestors on the other. We know of everything that is to happen to man: birth, death..."
Their societal organization copies that of the living with one major difference: staticity.
"Iheir families were created by Na Yin. They stand
forever as they were created. They do not procreate.
Man, woman, child are forever the same and accomplish
the role and duties assigned to each upon creation.
There are some good and some bad worlms. They can
help man as well as play tricks on him. Their powers are superior to that of the Banam(ancestors).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2.3 - Ba Nam.Ba Nam are the dead ancestors. "They build
their houses and settle by Na Yin. They sit down doing everyday family duties and see to the welfare of those still living.
Other generations will also come to join them, it is only when a witch takes your see that your family will have to look for you and pass judgement on the thief.
When you make a sacrifice and say:"fathercome get water", it is the dead father who eomesfrom Na Yin* He then sends it back to share with theelders and Na Yin so that a peaceful situation is created. If a man had a bad death or did bad duringhis lifetime, it is the grandfather who will come to collect the water because 'a bad child is no good messenger
In prayers or appeals, three generations are usually involved: The living or the supplicant, the dead father and the dead grandfather. Shrines are made to the father as well as to the grandfather.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2.4- Human Beings.Human Btings were the last of Na Yin's
creation. He first made man, then woman. The bones were made out of grass and the body of soil from the earth.
Like the Alcana of Ghana, the Namnams share a four folds conception of man. About the number four, Jean Marques-Riviere tells us that "the number four has played a certain role in talismans, either
alone, or combined with the globe, the cross, the heart etc... it is the sign of Jupiter, of lead in alchemy. Four is the number of strength". 21
"The production of one from four or the squaring off of the circle was a problem which greatly exercised medieval minds, it is the symbol of the 'opus alchemicum' since it breaks down the original chaotic unity into the four elements and then combines them in a higher unity".^
21- Marques-Riviere, Jean, Amulettes. Talismans etPentacles, p. 33t? {translation mine)
22- Jung, Carl Gustav, Collected Works; vol.12:Psychology and Alchemy, London,Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1953, p . 119.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Using Kofi Asare Opoku's study on the Akan conception of man, which stipulates that man has four components, we realize that the last two elements show some slight differences. Another optic is possible through the use of gnostic numerology. Albeit more abstract, it does offer some valid elements for comparaison.
The following table lists the four components in different systems.
NAMNAM AKAN GNOSTICISM TAROTYin = Okra First s^phire BateleurSee = sunsura Second s^phire PapesseYin pialug ^ Ntoro Third s^phire Imp^ratriceNinguina ^ Mogya Fourth s^phire Empereur
IIIHow four makes one in different systems of thought. Sources: Namnam: Field work in Nangodi;
Rattray, The Tribes of The Ashanti flinterlands;
Akan; Opoku, Kofi Asare, The Destiny of man in Akan Traditional Thought, The Conch, Vol 7, no. 1&2,'wib, —
Gnosticism and Tarot: Writh, Oswald, Le Tarot desImagiers du Moyen A g e , (translation by the author)
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3*2 .4.1- Yin and Okra.For Hannans, the Yin is the undying part of
oan. It is the guidance, a divine gift from Na Yin.It is the Yin which returns to becoae an ancestor or Piriin. it is the Yin which goes to the Yanara for judgement.
Amongst the Akans, "the Okra is the undying part of Ban, which a person recieves direct from the creator before he is born into the world, and is the part of u«d in every m a n . . . "233.2.4.2- See and Sunamn.
The see is a gift from Na Yin through the mother's line. It is also that part of man which travels at night and oan be attacked by a witch. The see can die.
The sunsum "ie an intangible element in man and which accounts for charactar, suban, disposition, ... The sunsum is subject to ehange... Furthermore, the sunsum is believed to be able to leave the body dlring sleep and may or may not return to it's owner.
23- Asare Opoku, KOfi; Jihe Conch; ftew York,VOT7T&2, 1975.P.15
2k- ibid.; p. 18
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
"The Akans recognize the Bunsum as the spiritual cause of ill health, quite apart from the physiological causes, which they also recognize..."3.2.4.3- Yin Pialug ^ Ntoro.
Yin pialug is a gift from God. It is equated to character and is governed by the guardian spirit. "Ntoro is transmitted from a father to his children and helps account for their inherited characteristics. •••The notion concerning Ntoro helps build a spiritual bond between the father and the child which balances
25the relationship between the child and the mother. *3.2.4.4- Ninguina t Mogya.
The word ninguina, directly translated from Nabt, gives 'body'. It is only in the ninguina that the man-woman relationship becomes recognized. It is the contribution of human beings to the condensation of energy in order to bring human beings into the world. "Lastly, the Akans distinguish the mogya or blood which is given by the mother to her child, which establishes a physiological bond between the mother and the child".
25- Asare Opoku,;Op. eit.; p. 20
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Transmission of the blood is different for
Namnams. Although writing on lallensis, Meyer Fortes
expressed a situation similar to that seen in I\iamnam
land when he wrote that "Pallensi parents both transmit their blood to their offspring, as can be seen
from the fact that children may resemble both parents 26in looks".
3.2.4.5- Extrapolation.
Two factors could explain the observed differences between Namnam and Alcan concepts: societal
organization and religious influences.Akan societal organization is mostly matri-
lineal whilst that of Namnams is patrilineal.The presence of Islamic elements in Namnam
concepts as well as way of life could further contribute to these differences.
'The formation of human beings in Akan
conception of man is the cooperation of the ntoro of
the father and the mogya of the mother at the time of 27
conception".26- tfeyer Fortes; op.cit.; p.3^.
27- Asare Opoku, Kofi; op. cit.; p.21.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
I
This conception of the composition of man seems different for the Akans and the Naranams. But we do find striking similarities between Kaballistic numerology and Namnam conception of man. The Gnostic as well as the alchemical notion of forming unity, of creating order out of chaos, is of great help, albeit more abstract. The first four numbers, or1s^phires' and their meaning are as follows:
First s^phire:Unity, cause and point of origin of all things; center, principle from which emanates and which contains everything in potential, in germ or seed, was named Kether, "crown" or "tiara". It is like the bateleur, the source of all activity, and especially of all thought; the father, the living God which says 'Eh Yeh!','I am'.
Second s^phirerC'hocmath, wisdom, and corresponds to the creative thought, immediate emanation from the father, his 'first bora1, son word, verbum, logos or supreme reason, which the papesse of the tarot symbolizes.
Third s^phire; Binah, intelligence, comprehension, has to do, like l'lmp^ra- trice, with the conception and generation of ideas, the virgin mother who engenders the original images of all things. 28
28- Vrith, Oswald, Le Tarot des Imagiers du Moyen Age, pp. 71-72; translation by trie "author.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Fourth sephire: C'hesed, mercy, grace, magnamity; or Gulah, pomp, grandeur, magnificence. Creativefoodnese calling beings into exis- ence. Power which eives and spreads life. The Emperor.
The Yin can be equated to the first eephire, the to the second sdphire, the Yin Pialug to the third s£phire whilst the ninguina would be represented by the fourth eephire.
Alchemists were aware that these four ele-iments worked together to make one. All these elements must be in proper functioning order otherwise life will not be present.
"The remarkable feature," says Asare Opoku," of the Akan concept of man is that the spiritual factors dominate the material factor1?? It is therefore obvious that the traditional healer, working within the framework of his and most often of his patient's culture, will take into consideration the spiritual dimension when seeking the cause or causes of illness.
29- Writh,; op. cit., p. 7230- Asare Opoku, Kofi, West African Traditional
Religion, Accra, PEP, 19?8, p. 100.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The last group In the actor category is tha
of Nklrlks (dwarfs).This notion hinges on the border
of both worlds: the visible and the invisible.
This notion is extremely important: Aklriks
are perceived as reporters and tricksters. They are somewhat neutral: they are both good and bad. Iheir importance to the medical field relies in the fact that they shoulder the responsability of repeated
miscarriages,(Namnams translate this by abortion), still births which are repetitive and persistant
early death of newly born children of one woman.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2. 5- Nkirik .3.3. 5.1- Some General Characteristics,
Nklriks are the result ®f the union of male spirits with human women. The opposite(i.e. a man having relations with a female spirit) is rare but reported to have happened. Nkirik forme a nebulous concept as it touches the area between the world of the living and the netherworld.
For the living, nkirik serves as an explanatory tool to account for human beings being born with certain deformities. "They are short in stature, have 'fat eyes', big heads and big testes". There was one in Nangode but he died in March of 1978. His talks as well as his presence were somewhat feared as his predictions had a way of becoming true.
When they die, they are wrapped in grass nwfl burried in dampy areas. They have no wings to fly. They live in communities in the bush and meet in sacred groves(ting_bans) to talk and gossip about the bad which human beings do. They report ©n men to the trees. They feed on cow's milk(dankpinlam^).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
"It is in the morning that they come and dance around you". Women, when going to fetch water, are easy prey for nkiriks.
Although they live in the bush and could be called 'beings of the wild', they are not credited with the teaching of medicine to man: that is left for the worims or spirits, dreams as well as the spirit residing in plants and animals. But the body of legends does imply nkiriks in the transmission of knowledge to man but the knowledge transmitted seems to be tied to technologies as we shall illustrate further an.
The many facets of this concept are best revealed through some typical stories relating to Hkirik. They were collected from the women of the household and are reported here in as direct a translation as possible because:
"Myth is the primordial language natural to these psychic processes and no intellectual formulation comes anywhere the richness and expressiveness of mythical imagery.Such processes deal with the primordial images, and these are best and most succintly reproduced by figurative speech".31
3l_ JuHg,; op.cit.; p.25
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The first story, although intended as an explanation of why nikrikglive in the bush, gives some idea of the behaviour and of the relationships between man and nkirik.3.2. 5.2- NKIRIK AND THE WIFE OP BANZABA (leather worker).
One day, the wife of Sanzaba went to the pond to fetch water not knowing that the pond was a dwelling place for nkiriks. Her child was with her.She was suddenly attacked by the dwarfs, as dwarfs are reputed great pursuers of women.
The dwarfs caught her and wanted to kill her. She said that she was very good at plating hair and that she could do their hair nicely for them. The dwarfs told her that she should plate their hair. So the dwarfs sat down. Banzaba's wife started plating the hair tying it to the though grass which grew besides the pond. Once she finished, the dwarfs could not get up so she ran away.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
After a short while, the ant came to pass by. The dwarfs asked the ant to help them remove the grass from their hair so they could get up. But the ant was no fool;'as for you, dwarfs, everytime someone does you good, you repay kindness with wickedness, so i am not ready to help you.' After much begging from the dwarfs, the ant consented. As soon as Nkirik got up, he burnt the grass to ashes and ran quickly to Banzaba's house.
Banzaba was busy trying to make a shoe. So when Nkirik arrived, Banzaba asked:-"What do you want in my house, Nkirik?"-"I have brought you something good today. I have had
something in the forest which I feel as good friends, we must take somen, said Nkirik.
So nkirik gave some of the Kemuk?2 to Banzaba* When Banzaba tasted the kemuk he exclaimed: "Gracious, where have you found such a delicious mixture"?
32- Kemuk; burnt grass which was used as salt and which does taste like salt.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
-"It is simply the liver of a pregnant woman that hasbeen burnt", replied Nkirik.
-“Say no more", said Banzaba, "My wife is pregnant and she is £ one to the river side to get some water. Keep quiet— when she comes, we can use the liver in making the mixture».
One of the woman's children who was in the house at the time overheard the conversation. He quickly ran to inform the mother. On the way back from the pond, the woman met a group of men who had gone gathering honey, she beggei them to give her some of the honey and smeared it over the calabash covering the water pot.
The husband was sitting in the house eagerly waiting for his wife's return. Immediately the woman s&t foot in the gate, the husband yelled: -"Put down that pot".-"Ohlhusband, why sure you in such a haste? Help me
put down the pot.-You just put down the pot and come."
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
But after some persuasion, the man went tohelp the woman. His hands touched the calabash whichwas sticky.-"But what is this sticky thing", asked the husband?-"Oh Ihusband, just lick your fingers to taste."When the man tasted, the honey was sweeter than kemuk.-"Where did you get this", asked the husband?-"Oh! It is simply the brain of a Nkirik". said the
wife.-"Keep quiet", said the man, "we have a Nkirik in the house. I am going to break the head so we have more of this delicacy. "
Before he could enter the room, the Nkirik had jumped through the roof and escaped to the chief's house.
When he escaped to the chief's house, he wanted to make more trouble for the poor woman. The chief's gate was almost fallen into bits.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
-"Ah! Look at a royal palace and the gate is all going into bits when we have the wife of banzaba who could easily mend this, why not send for her" said Nkirik?
When the woman was brought, shg said that she could mend it. She would need the bark of dawadawa, the head of Nkirik with the hair, and the veins to use as strings in mending the gate.-"Keep quiet", said the chief, " we have a Nkirik in this house and I will quickly send the children to capture him".
So the children tied up Nkirik. forced him into a pot, poured water over him. Before the fire could heat, Nkirik jumped out of the pot, over the wall, and ran.
When Nkirik ran away, the woman had finished the job. She was going home with her child when rain started falling. They came to a cave into which they ran for shelter, not knowing that this cave was the resting place of Nkirik.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
-"Ah! AH! At long last I have had you in my trap", said Nkirik.
QUIET FOR SOME TIME.■“"Yeeesss! Who is that calling?" said the child? “"Don't joke", said nkirik, "this is no joking place". ~"It seems I hear someone talking" said the child.“"If you want to make this a joking place, I better
kill you", said Nkirik.“"Ah! Yes, he is here", said the child.“"Who is here", asked Nkirik?-"The children from the chief's palace are asking for
a dwarf who has run away from the chief's house this morning when they were trying to boil him. They were asking wether you were around and I said yes" retorted the child.
Nkirik ran out of the hole and into the bush, it is now where dwarfs stay.
^he second story, titled The Pepper Trial, also relates why nkiriks now live in the bush. It also describes a test to find the humaneness of a baby who might be suspected of being a dwarf.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2. 5.3 The Pepper Trial.A woman once had a baby. When the baby was
one month old, e maidservant was brought from the mother's house. The maidservant took care of the baby whilst the woman went to the farm with the husband.
One day, the baby started crying bitterly and changed quickly into a grown up, went into the kitchen, prepared some paab and told the maidservant that if she ever told the woman or anyone about this, she would be in trouble. The meal finished, she changed into a baby again, climbed on the back of the maid, and started taunting her.
Before they could get to the farm, they met a tall Npallk tree. The baby girl changed again, climbed the tree, made a local grass skirt and began to sing and dance.
“"If you ever report this to ray mother, you will pay for it" said the baby.
When they reached the farm, the mother was blaming the maidservant for making the child cry so much.33- oaab: Carbohydrate dish made from millet, corn...
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
This went on and on until one day a man who was watching saw this baby climbing the npalik tree. So, one evening, while visiting the mother, he said: -"You come along. This baby disturbs the small girl too much and i noticed something: the child is not a normal child, she is a nkirik. As I was in the forest, I heard nkiriks talking,they said:-"It is easy for human beings to kill us: it is a matter of putting pepper into fire. It then goes to our nostrils and we become weak and die. " So why not apply their recommandation and see if the child is a nkirik or a real child"?
They kept the child in a room, put small pepper on the fire and left the room for a short time. The child died. When the child died, she ran to the bush. So when there is any abnormal child within a household, they have to perform the pepper trial. If the child is a nkirik, he dies, is burried on the rubbish dump, and goes back to the bush to join the others.
The third story, using the basis of a fight between a dwarf and a witch, illustrates metamorphosis as well as help dwarfb can give to humans.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2.5.4- Agama and the Witch.^here once was a woman who had nine boys.
She was pregnant for the tenth one twenty one years.In the olden days, if a mother had three boys, she went to a woman who had three daughters to make marital arrangements.
The nine boys were getting prepared to go and marry from one woman who had ten daughters. On that very day, the nkirik, who had been in the woman's stomack for twenty years, jumped out and said:
As you are going for a marriage feast, I am also coming with you".
Everybody was surprised to see a baby born on that very day, fully grown up and well matured.They all went to the woman's house. The woman was a witch. Before her daughters went to sleep, she told them to wear their grass skirts. But nkirik knew of the woman's intentions so during the night, he changed the boys', loin cloths with the girls' grass skirts.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
In the middle of the night, the woman came and slaughtered her daughters. Nkirik woke his brothers and told them to run.
But before they could go out, the woman had a 'god' who 6aid:-" Let all the boys stop there then I come to kill
them". But nkirik said some words and all the boys flew into a tree. The god said:-" Let the boys fall down" and the boys started falling down one by one. They were packed while waiting for the last one to come down, when Agama, the nkirik. fell down, he took the god, Bang some words, and the children all got up and ran away.
While working on the farm one day, a very beautiful young woman came by in her new grass skirt, smoking a pipe. She hung the pipe on the tree and told the young men that the one who could shoot the pipe off the tree would become her husband. So the boys shot, shot and shot ... but none of them could hit. Agama knew the woman was the witch. He shot, won and got married.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
While the woman was sending Agama to her house, she changed into a hull. Agama changed into a wall. She broke the wall. Agama changed into a spear and pierced through her thus causing her death. So that she could not become a human being again, Agama kept her in a big pot, put water and set fire under it. As she was boiling, her sister came and saw the beans.
Ah! but where has ma gone? Maybe to the well! No one is in the house and she has boiled her beans, ■they must be ready by now", said she.
So the sister of the witch removed the beans and found the woman, showing how Agama saved the whole family by killing the witch.
A last story exemplifies how man obtains knowledge from dwarfs.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.2 *5.3 How Man Learned to Brew Pito from Nkiriks.When man was first created, he never knew
alchool. one day, the dwarfs were talking. They said: Man has millet with which he makes saab. Why don't
they use the millet to put it in water, to let it germinate? Once the germination is completed, they should dry it. Once it is dry, take it to the grinding mill or grind it on stones. Then boil it for the first night. The following day, sieve it, boil it again.Keep it overnight and the third day it will be a very good boozing drink. But as I am talking, I don't want human beings to hear".
One man overheard the conversation. He went34and told the whole village how to brew pito.
34. Pito: Local beer brewed out of guinea corn or millet.
All stories were collected in Nangode during
1976-1977.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3 .2 *5.6- Extrapolation.Although actors, Nkiriks are accidents.
The'f account for a type of interrelationships between the spiritual and the human world. They account also for a verification tool created by the spirits to observe man's behaviour and report on it.
The notion Nkirik works on two registers: nkirik in human form accounts for certain birth defects. A human being fulfilling the physical characteristics assigned to nkirik will never be considered fully human; he is a short time visitor to the world of the living.
As an abstraction, nkirik shares much of Eshu's trickery although no one sacrifices to nkirik. Contrary to some spirits which can be wholly good or bad, nkiriks are rather mischievious, tricksters..
In his relationships with the other •actors', man is more formal. It is only with the nkirik that there is a consensus of mutual trickery.With Worims and Banams, man's contact is contractual whilst with nkirik. the relationship could be best described as a'joking relationship!.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
These actors play an extremely importantpart in the life of the people. There is more influence coming from the nether world in dailyaffairs than simply environemental or 'natural'influences.
The actors of the netherworld can see andare responsible for the well being of man, as wellas for many of his troubles. They are the ones whoare aware of the ultimate causes of things.
Barenness, certain sicknesses, can betraced to something a person said before coming intothe world of the living. The actors are the oneswho can give explanations and affect the propercorrections so that human beings can fulfill theirmission satisfactorily.
God is far and seldom addressed directly.Worims are attached to certain lines, like guardianspirits. Ba nam are the dead ancestors and aremore preoccupied with the proper functioning, with thenormalcy of daily affairs. Human beings are morespiritual than purely material and nkiriks sire accidents and an embodiement of mischieviousness, man's joking relationship with the spiritual.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.3- rHE MAJEnlAL.Or how the world became what it is now.
This material is translated from a taped interview.
That is why the text is reported in direct speach.
3.3-1- The Creation of the World."When the world was first created, there
were no trees, no rocks. It was soft. That was the
time we worims came to earth.
The earth was soft and loose. Then came the chameleon, walking carefully, slowly, very gently.
When the world began hardening, full of pot holes, the frog came. After the frog, life came.
At that time there were no trees, no mountains. We could see the vast lands stretching to the sea. After the quarrel between man and us, God sent
us down to divide the land amongst men. We made mountains under the power of God to separate lands from
other lands, with trees dividing the people. As we were able to divide the land, we divided the languages. All
the spirits were assigned special duties, some spirits
Infused themselves into trees, others into water,
others into stones. Then we brought the trees togetther
and made ting ban(groves).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
It Is only at this point that we made man
realize God and taught him how to offer sacrifices,
before then there were no trees so man could not
sacri fice".3-3*2- The Quarrel.
Man was Na Yin's last creation. At that
time, worlms lived on the land and were 'in human form'. One day, there was a quarrel between man and the worlms. Man started pursuing the worims. The worlms
hid. in a hole and Varek, the spider,wove a web over the mouth of the hole.
A Gecko was standing by the hole. He kept
yelling to m a n : T h e y are here...they are here...".Man came to look but concluded that since the web
was fresh, it was impossible that there could be
worlms in that hole. They went elsewhere to look for
the worims.The worlms came out of the hole and went
to Na Yin's house. All the spirits of the land entered a basket at the right of Na Yin.They told na Y i n :"Now that you have created man, you see what has
happened?"
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
It is at that time that Na Yin gave then
wings and vanishing power- He also told then:"You
will talk to men then to me" said he. That is why worlms Journey between Na Yin and man.
The gecko, being the worst ennemy of the spirits, brings great misfortunes to the household where he is seen. This fear of the gecko is generalized all over North East Ghana(Frafras, Kussassls,
tiamprussis all fear it). Whenever seen or wherever
seen, a gecko is Immediately put to death. (It is to note that there are no organized persecution of
the animal: It is destroyed when seen, as illness
Is removed when seen).
3*3*3- The Sea.In Namnam land, the sea is called Tluk. Uvest)
Sea water is Yarum kuom(salt water). There is equal
life under water as on earth. Life under water was created by Na Yin."He placed those things there before
putting the water so life there is much stronger than that on earth. That is why the creatures who live
under the water are much wiser".
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.3 .4- Responsabilities.Everything is divided amongst the spirits.
Nam Bor Worim: Na Yin created the moon with the help of Nam Bor Worim(llfe-owner-of-the- ■oon). Nam Bor Worim is responsible for the movements of the moon, making man to know when to work on the farm) "working around the month".
Ting Worim: Ting worim is in charge of the movements of the earth.
Sadan Worim: He is in eharge of the rains. He also acts as judge in criminal deals.
Onteargh; The Sun. The sun is the fire from Na Yin.It delimits certain parts of the day. It is associated with the wicked deals of man. "There are many who get their bad spiritual deals from the sun" declared one healer.
Marbil Worim:small moon; the stars. They are the light of Na Yin for the night. It is believed that a shooting star announces the death of a mighty person.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.3*5- Extrapolation.These few examples will suffice to exem
plify the fact that any part of the creation is under the responsability of a worim who can therefore choose to dwell In any element under it's jurisdiction.
After the act of creation, neither Na Yin nor the worims intervened directly to change the structure of things created. All that man has to do in order to learn is to observe it’s working principles, it's functioning and man's place and relationship to it; The saying that 'soil comes from rocks' does not therefore enters into a contradiction with the body of legends and belief concerning the creation of the world.
Although material things per se are of importance for the well being of man in this world, it is the essence, the active principle which yields the greater power, with which man must deal before making use of the object, (sacrifices to trees before cutting^...)
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.4- Concepts,Some important elements in the modus ope-
randi of Namnam logical system cannot be classified as actors or as objects in the material sense.We therefore use a certain level of abstraction to look at them within the namnam logical framework. This has proven necessary in order to dispell 'en bloc1 rejection of certain elements of the medical system which, although forming an integrant part of the system, are labelled superstitious,magical, primitive When looking at the systemfrom the inside, these elements have a definite place within the namnam explanatory system.Talking about agriculture, an IDRC manuscript report states;
It seems probable that through the perception of the more curious and imaginative of many generations of farmers, agricultural systems have evolved in a manner that is rational and logical to their agroclimatic, social and economic environments. Consequently, it would seem sensible that food and agricultural scientists who seek to help and improveexisting agricultural production......should first comprehend the systems that have so painefully' evolved over many centuries of ’trial, error and observation.
3 -li)KC, Manuscript Report 4, 1979, p. 18
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Change agriculture and agricultural with medical and a completly different approach to traditional medicine will come to light.3.4.1- witcncraft.
The killing of human see.Sonini(witchcraft) was broubht about by
the ebony tree. When the ebony tree taught the man, he also taught him how to fly in the night with the head down and the feet up. The man taught the wife who taught her children. Sonini is matrilineal.3.4.1.1- The origins of sonini.
"There were no witches when God createdman.
A woman once had two children. One wasrich, one was not. One day the poor one sat underthe ebony tree and said:-Cassa! We were two brought up together and now mybrother is very rich and I have nothing.-As you are saying all this, what do you want me to do, said the tree, do you really want me to kill your brother?
-Yes, said the man.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
-If you kill him, will you sacrifice to me, asked time tree?
-Yes, said the man.Then the ebony tree removed his spirit
and fixed it into the man’s eyes. The man went home. With the spirit of the ebony tree in his eyes, he saw his brother's see, ran after itf caught it and brought it to the ebony tree. It is then that he was taught how to kill his brother's see. The man returned to his house and showed the new craft to his wife alone. She too transferred it to her children.
3.4 «2- Ghosts.A ghost is 'when you are a witch and
you die•.On the fifth or sixth day after burial,
the ghost lifts the graveyard stone and comes out. It is not very strong. It stays around the graveyard and feeds on small guiney fowls until it has become stronger.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
If the ghost is a woman, she goes to see the married daughter. A man goes to the sister on the mother's side. If the female witch had no daughter when she died, she will go to her sister's daughter.
The ghost will be welcomed quietely and kept inside a pot. While inside the pot, it will be fed saab along with human meat until it gets stronger. The ghost will then come out and feed on Bmall guinea fowls in the night. It will climb the wall and bring these guinea fowls to it's caretaker. They are smoked inside a room.
When they are used in cooking a meal, the caretaker, her children and the ghost are to eat it. Once the ghost is grown up, it goes out to capture people's see.
3.4 .2.1- Humans and Ghosts.If you are not a witch and you eat of
this soup, you will grow very lean, your fingernails will fall out and your hair will be soft.
If it becomes known that someone has beentouched by a ghost, that person is kept in a separate room and her food is handed to her in a disrespectful manner. The person is like dead.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.4.2.2- Witches trapping spirits.A witch can trap a spirit. But when she
catches one, she must stop witchcraft. The day aconverted witchfor one who has caught a spirit, puts flesh into her mouth, that is the day she dies.3.4.3-Judgement.
Judgement occurs only in certain circumstances as the following shows.
During one's lifetime, the ancestors come to the house to check on the inhabitants. Ifa witch has taken one of the inhabitant's see,thatsee will not be in the compound. The ancestors then begin to search for the see to find out where ithas travelled or if a witch has taken it. If it is the witch who has taken the see, that witch is to die in order to appear for judgement.
When it appears for judgement, they will see who is wrong then administer punishment of which type, the living have no knowledge about.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
This concept is embeded in almost every
legend and story, a person may change into a bird,
an animal...The story of Na Til, chief of Nangode, who was killed by people from Congo(a village not
far from Nangode) is an excellent exemple of this belief.
"Na Til was a powerful chief. It so happened that one day a boy from Congo was going hunting. When
he passed by Naa Tii's house with his bow and arrow, the chief told some of the men belonging to his house
to go and beat the boy because the boy was too proud. This proudness was seen at the way the boy held his
bow and arrow. The chief's people went, beat the boy,
collected the bow and arrows and broke them to pieces,
(to break a boy or a man's bow means that the person
1 s dead).The boy returned to his house and reported
the case to his parents. While some of the men were deliberating on which steps should be taken to consult
the chief, others were advocating an attack on the
Nangode palace.
3*4.4- Metamorphosls.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
While these debates were going on, a woman came out of the house. She insulted the men by telling them that they were all women and that it
was better for them to come Inside and help with the cooking rather than sit there and wait, that they
were all sitting there talking about peace when those
people had declared their son dead. The men got up
and made their way to Nangode.
On that very day in Nangode a funeral was
being performed. Na Tii, using his prerogative as a chief, had asked his people to come and build a
new room to his house. The people were at the funeral house instead of going to build the room. Naa Tii
got angry, went over to the funeral house and kicked the pot that was boiling the pi to. The people grew annoyed and sat down. Therefore when the people from
Congo came, no one in Nangode was ready to defend
the chief.Naa Tii’s wife was from Congo. The chief
had made her angry so she had returned to her father's
house in Congo. She revealed the changes through
which Naa Tii would go when attacked.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
She revealed Naa Ill's supernatural powers to her people so they knew what to expect. They shot him, he turned Into a wall; they shot him again, he
turned into a cat; when he tried to escape, they shot
him again, he changed into a hawk; when he wanted to change into a hawk and fly away, they shot him. They
cut him into pieces and burned his house before retur
ning to Gongo where the head is kept by the family
who killed him. Because of Jluk guilt(when you kill
someone the blood is forever on you):, the family still offers sacrifices to Naa H i otherwise the family
could be plagued by misfortunes, It could even become. . . 36extinct.
Another example of metamorphosis is that of
trees.jrees are believed to change into wind, then
into a stranger, a beggar or relative, who will come to your house to check on your hospitality. Once the
person leaves, he/she will go back and report on you
to worlms and Eanam.
3 6 . This story was collected In Nangode, verified in Zua and Congo. Bagnaba Azure, Nangode; Dermore, the Nangode school watchman; Zua Naba and the Congo family who is in possession of the skull.Cf: Chapter II, Genealogy of Namnam chiefs.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
After death, Namnams are believed to change into leopards.
3*4.5- Reincarnation.
As in most magical traditions, Namnams reserve odd numbers for men and even number for women. A man will therefore come into the world of living human beings three times and a woman four times.3*4.6 Extrapolation.
Witchcraft has been cited in many publications as a major explanatory cause of ill health
from the standpoint of the local people. Nothing
could be further from the truth in Namnam land.
Namnams do recognize the existence of
witchcraft but it does not occupy a central place in the healing system. During our stay in Nangode, we were made aware of only four cases of witchcraft
out of the multitude of consultations which were
observed. It is definitely not a 'catch all* cate
gory as many writers like to make us believe but it is one of the many explanations invoked by Namnams
when finding the cause(s) of a certain illness or
of certain misfortunes.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Monica Wilson concisely resumes the notions expounded upon In two sentences:"In very small scale
societies, such as those of hunters, there Is vir
tually no impersonal relationship, and the distinction between men and animals, or man and the rest of the
universe, is less sharp than It is with us. Dreamand waking experience are identified in a fashion
- 37that is more than just a fashion of speach." •
These concepts are vital to the healing system as they dictate and validate the mechanisms
of society and of the medical system.Therefore the
roads taken by a healer in his search for the ultimate
causes as well as for an effective cure for ill health may have many ramifications.The next part studies these paths and the mechanisms available
to both patient and healer.
3?. Wilson, Monica; flellglon and the Transformationof Society'; Cambridge, Univ. press, 1975. p. l b .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3•5- Channels of Communication.
In the previous parts of this chapter we
have looked at those aspects of Namnam cosmogony
which influence the healing system. In a holisticperspective, this cosmos is rigidly structured as
can be seen in figure III. Man has elaborated
systems which give him access to all of the parts
constituting their cosmogony.Man's communications with the spiritual
are of two types: those conducted in the line of
duty, as Namnam society is based more on duties than on rights, and those initiated when there hasbeen a break in the equilibrium.
On the one hand, those of the first type would include sacrifices to ancestors, family, per
sonal spirits... Ihey can be offered as appeals,
as thanksgiving, or be sacrifices which must be offered at certain times as laid down in tradition
or in social norms. They are one way communications aimed at the spiritual world.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Communications from the spiritual world: the wishes of the ancestors, of one's personal
spirit... would be revealed through divination. 1'hose are one way communications from the spiritual world, man being the receiver.
On the other hand, those of the second
type give man direct access to the spiritual world.It is a two way system used in times of seriousely
disturbed harmony(ie: when an illness or misfortune i s persi stent).
The item(office) exists and there usually
is one such office per village. It is the office
of bagnaba. fhe holder of the office bears the name of the office: he is called bagnaba.
With his apparatus and his 'connections' with the spiritual world, he will find the ultimate
causes of illness or misfortune, remove the problem
thus returning the situation to normal and prescribe preventive measures to palleate further occurences
of the unpleasant situation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
An interesting fact to note in this com
munication network between man and the spiritual
world is that although man is the subject of ivKirlks' trickery, he has no direct contact with
them; they figure as spies who report directly to worims in ting bans.
Figure III schematizes the direction of
communications between man and the spiritual world. Phis is the network which we see in action during
the healing process.it is to note that nkiriks sit
on the dividing line; they hinge the world of the living(man) and the spiritual world.soothsaying or divination is a one way link, a receptor of commu
nications from the spiritual world; appeals to the
ancestors using shrines,... are a transmission from man to the spiritual world. The only direct two way
channel is that used by the spiritual man and his
apparatus.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Din. EC I IOa OF C DIVI'Jin ICA-l IOk^
1.- Man. 2.- Nuclear family. 3.- Clan. 4.- Tribe
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3.6- COACLUoI Xi.Namnam cosmogony underlies the foundations
of the society. It dictates the internal logic governing societal mechanisms as no society functions in vacuum.in this chapter, we dealt with four levels of Namnam cosmogony: the actors, the
material, some concepts and the communication
network elaborated by Namnams to reach the different parts of their world.
ihe actors are the originators and the
inhabitants of the world.They include ^a Yin,
the origin; the worlms, his agents;BaNan,the an- destors; man, the continuity factor; finally Nkiriks, fairies or dwarfs, the hinge between the visible and the spiritual world.
The material is the visible, tangible world
which assures man's subsistance. But since the
greater part of man lies in the spiritual sphere, it is obvious that the greater part of cures shall
deal with agents of the spiritual dimention.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
As man's see can travel at night, and death is marked by a departure of the see,witchcraft,
which is the trapping and injuring of human see,
becomes a relevant concept to the treatment of ill health, aut it is to note that it is dealt with
by families: a healer may identify the witch but cannot himself bring an accusation of witchcraft,
although he can give temporary protection to a victim. Judgement is mentioned only in cases of witchcraft.
Metamorphosis justifies the materia medica
encountered in the medical system of Namnam. The
spiritual importance of the elements used overrides the chemical effects on the body of a sufferer.
In part IV of annex \I we listed some of the elements
found in a diviner's bag and their signification.In a holistic perspective, man is one with
his universe but only a spiritual man is versed in the intricacies involved in a multidimentional
structure.Trees, animals,... can be teachers as well
as firewood and nutrition.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Recognition of this can be found in the socialization process where a man is given a name, a tail which contains a part of the family shrine.*
and a tree. It can also be found in festivals such
as the Yango festival, which is a thanksgiving to
a clan tree^ and in accounts of how an individual becomes a spiritual man. The next chapter traces the making of a healer.
xhe process begins long before the birth of the healer and goes on for a lengthy period: in
our case, this healer was confirmed in his position
only after his second marriage.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
- *ne .. . Ci. o f a
^.1- Introduction.
a e a i e r .
4.3- -Irth and ^Ife to he ^eath of the Father.
4. 4- personal fvent s ..aklfl" the .lan the Healer he Is ^o^ay.
4.^.2- j.6- .
4.^.3- .vanning Avay fror hi
4.4.3.1- a'ness.4.4.3.2- .10 ami n?.4. i,. 3 .3- Contact with the
^j.iri ts.4.4.3.^- ^tay in ths police
rorce.4.4.3 .5- Ihe Jather’s _aknloi;o.
4.4.^- rirst Initiation.
4.4.5- second initiation.
4.^.6- _-.unninw off to the _ush.
4.4.7- oecor.d Ixiie.
4.^.8- r.eturn to ..an; Je.
2- ^efore the ^irth of the ^utur?
rowing ui ix: uj
4.5- Conclusion.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
CHAP! £?. I'J * -J.- KAaIimJ Ji' A r'-Aw-..
*+.1 Introduction.
Healing and healers are as old as mankind.
As disease has afflicted man since its beginning,
ways and means to alleviate the situation were sought. In this field, as in any other field, certain men and women have cured their fellow men with great success. As time went on, the body of knowledge
grew and such men exchanged information, discussed
capes, medecines, treatments and results.The reputation of a successfull healer
would travel far and wide, bringing clients from
distant places. This ability to cure Is always
spoken of as 'a gift from God'. The position of
healer, embedded in the structure of societies, being
ordained by God himself(through his messengers or worlms), is therefore sanctified; it also gives to
the initiated access to the spiritual and the divine.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A healer usually has great knowledge of the constitution of man, of society, of the universe.
He also seems gifted with second sight or 'the third eye'. He is a priest, a psychologist, a magi
cian, a social as well as a wonder worker, a doctor, a pharmaci st...
As we have seen in the prpvious chapter,
the only direct link between man and the spiritual
world is through a spiritual man. He is called uponin cases of seriousely disturbed' harmony. As can be
38seen in figure I, research into traditional medecine is arranged in a concentric manner with re
search on practioners of all types at the center-
Ihis chapter studies not the training but the MAKING of a healer.Our field work brought us
into close contact with a spiritual man, Bagnaba
Azure,who is amongst other things the Upper Regio
nal Chairman of the Ghana Psychic and Traditional
Healers Association.
38- cf: Figure I, Chapter I.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The making of a healer in a holistic perspective involves reference points dictated by the culture which validates the process of becoming
a healer,- points which may seem 'irrelevant' to
scientists are often of prime importance for the people who make use of the system.
This chapter is divided into three sections:
the first section relates events preceding the birth
of the healer. 2wo purpouses are pursued: first, » the location of the material societal context into
which the future healer will be born; secondly to
brush a picture of the charactar*and of the spiri- • thual Influences which affected those who were
responsible for the birth of the future healer.The second section deals with the birth
of the future healer and his growing up-up to the death of his father— with emphasis on the special nature of the child. The third section relates
personal events which led to what he is today: a
prosperous, respected spiritual man.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
An important fact to notice is that contrary to what is observed in forest and coastal areas,
he did not undergo formal training under the super
vision of an elder healer neither did he study at a healing shrine as those do not exist in Namnam
land. 3ut as is common all over Africa, his call was authenticated by spirit possession and diagno-
zed by a diviner. Spiritual influences became more
and more manifest in his life as he grew up.
iNOra oa THE M A TERIAL WHICH FOLLOWS:
All material gathered in the field was given under the explicit condition that the core of
this chapter be a direct, approved translation of the information given by the healer and his spirits
and that the material be reproduced VER'iAilK. This
was again emphasized in december 1979 when approval was given during a consultation and when a change
was made: the mother gave birth on the second day
following her arrival at the spiritual man's house.
We therefore reproduce the material as requested.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.2- oectlon I- before the Birth of the Future Healer.
These events leat to the marriage of the
®ofit powerful and important elements of societies
encountered all over Northern Ghana: the union of
the tlngdana clan on the maternal side with that of the chieftaincy clan on the paternal side. This power is transmitted to the offsprings of such union.
"There was a year when people were going to Kussassi land to buy millet. One day a girl was going to buy millet to resell in order to buy an ivory bracelet. It was during the rainy season.
Someone from the chief's house saw her on the bank
of the Red Volta. Arbarika, as the man was called,
went to tell the chief that a beautiful woman was
at the river side. The chief asked where she was
from to which Arbarika answered that she was Gu-
runne. The chief asked that the girl be brought to
him. When the chief's men went to the river, they refused to let her cross. They brought her along with her mother to the chief.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The mother declared that her daughter would not marry a namnam. They therefore married her forcefully, she escaped from the palace but she was brought back.
The mother asked her sons to come and get their sister from the ftangode chief who had never courted her daughter. The sons refused to come tn
9jiangode because they would be made pri sonners (and
those were the days when chiefs had power). The
mother went all alone and told the chief that he
had no right to kidnap her daughter, one asked the chief if he knew her. She insulted the chief. The
elders grew annoyed and asked the chief to bive'
the girl back to the mother.They gave the girl back to the mother who
went with her to Zoran Tee(the house of the ringdana
of Zua) who was a relative of the Bolga ringdana.She stayed there. It was at that time that she ex
perienced severe stomach pains.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Keanwhile a nan called Konyibu, who was in the Nangode palace, said that it was degrading for
a woman to come and collect her daughter from the chief. It was just then that the young woman recove
red from her illness.
The two women were about to leave the Zua
Tingdana's house when they saw a group of men riding horses coming after them. They ran back into the house. It was midnight when some men from the
house escaped with them to Bolga. The men of her escort, each with a bow and arrows, accompanied them
to Danpuri. When they arrived, they praised the
mother for her bravery: they said that she was
braver than men.Thereafter the Nangode chief sent a dele
gation to Ayaribire at Soe to ask him to come. This
man knew many chiefs. They gave him twenty fowls to send to the girl's house as courting gifts, in the
name of the Nangode chief. The mother refused the gifts and repeated that her daughter would never
marry a Namnam.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Confronted, by so much pressure, she gave in.
She took her leoug(loln cloth) and her faog(leather
whip) and walked to nangode accompanied by her
brothers.Before she could enter the chief's house,
she was stopped. A black goat was slaughtered at thegate. She walked over the black goat. Inside the main
yard, another goat was killed, ihe walked over thatone before she sat down. Her brothers then demanded
that zotup be performed. The chief asked the brothers
if they knew the name of the new wife; they said no."She is called Yambun"(the loved one) said he. He
did not kill a goat for the marriage feast but a cow.
The pouah sam was sent with a fowl to the
girl's house in Bolga to confirm the marriage. Ihe
girl's people came from bolga to collect the dowry.
The chief gave them four cows and later aided one.
This addition was not connected with the dowry: itwas a free gift to the brothers which, the chiefsaid, would be prolific in the house.
It is to note that the woman was properly dowried so that any child issued of the union belonged tothe royal clan of Nangode and can compete for chieftaincy .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.3-oectlon II-~irth and Life up to the Death of the
rather.
The girl missed her periods and went to see her parents. While she was there, she felt like giving
birth. She bagari* labouring. The family people fetched •
a calabash of saab which she ate. After eating, she went to ease and real morcels of saab came out as
feaces. It was a surprizing occurence as it had never
been seen before. They immediately went to a spiritual
man's house and Adombire Bagna confirmed the event.
He also told them that the child had to be born in
the house of a spiritual man otherwise he would not come out alive. They brought Yambun to this house
where she brought forth.
For three days after birth, the child never passed feaces or urinated. The mother and the sister wept saying that this child could not live at all.
There was one spirit in the house called Amosum. This spirit said that they should not weep, that this child was going to be someone who would be known
throughout the land. As far as going to toilet was
concerned, they should not worry, he would do it.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
That very evening he urinated and passed
feaces. Only then were the people convinced of the
reality of the child.
When the father heard of the birth of his son, he sent people to fetch the new baby. They took him on a horse, with a cloth, and the mother followed.
Once they reached the palace with the child, the father said that this child would look after his
house in the future. He then named him Nam Sakia:
my chieftaincy has come to it's apex.Nam Sakia grew up. When he was about eight
years old, he never stayed in the house for meals. He
was always in the bush, from sunrise to sunset. All
the time he escaped, refusing to eat in the house.He relaxed in the coolness of sacred groves, under
the trees. The father had to send people to bring
him home for meals. The mother, on her part, could
not understand such behaviour-After he grew up, 'not for so long', his
father died, before his death, he was deserted by all his children and his beloved wives. Only warn
Sakia stayed with his mother.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Azure Langya(Na yaar: chief salt) was very old and Nam Sakia was beside him bringing him water
to drink and giving him the 'bed pan*, the father- son bond grew and the father blessed the child saying that although he had not been to school, he would
be greater than those who had been to school.
One day, the father asked aam oakia to bring
a fowl from his mother's yard. When the fowl was brought, the father and the son placed their four big toes together. The father held the fowl till it
died, then cut it's throat and sprinkled the blood
on the toes thereby establishing a covenant between father and son.
After the father's death, all the brothers
said that Nam Sakia would be the one who would suffer the most. 3ut the mother said that she would care
for the child through farming and that SHE WAS NOT
PREPARED TO /.Ar.riY AGAIH. She had land and a deserted house where she and warn oakla went to stay. She wor
ked the land and managed to feed them both because Nam oakia never worked on the farm. The mother wor
ked on the farm until he married his second wife,
i^denni.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4- Section III- persona/ Events leaking the J»ian
the Healer he Is Today.
4.4.1- Growing up In Society.
Every day Nam Sakla and his dog made their
way to the bush. One day, whilst In the bush, the dog saw a bird called baarrayam. Nam iakla shot It."I thought I missed so I bent down to drink water but
I heard something laughing serlousely over my head.
That was in the grove called Lumbulle. «/henever I
tried to drink, laughing would start. I looked around: nothing. Before I could ask what mas laughing
there, my mouth could not open. I tried to drink,...
laughter...I looked around, nothing. So having
finally found the bird, I went home with it and my
dog. "
That day, Nam Sakla's mother was brewing the first stage of plto. They took a pot, cut the
bird into pieces, keeping the head and the legs as
this bird was 'a wonderful bird'. When he was lea
ving for his father's house, the legs and the head
could not be found. All his children started to
die.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4.2 - First Exile.’•When everything goes right, you stay in your father's land. But when things go wrong, you go to your motherts land".Achebe, in Things Fall Apa r t .
Nam Sakia decided to go back to his mother's house in order to find out the cause of these deaths since his brothers were not ready to help. They went and settled in Bolga .
Meanwhile the dead father told his people that they should go to Bolga and bring Nam Sakia and his family back to Nangode. It was during the death of his elder brother. There was family reconciliation.4.4.3 - Running away from his call.
"It is believed that refusal to obey the •call* could result in either insanity or death for the recalcitrant candidate".4.4.3.1 - M a dness.
When he came home, his mind was not at peace. Whenever he went to consult a soothsayer, he was told that the spirit's of his father were on him. If hehade some monies to pay for the consultation, he would keep it in his pocket as he was not interested.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4.3.2- Roaming.
At this time he had no friends. He had a
very short temper. He was warned by the spirits through soothsayers that he would be punished for
not accepting their will.One day, he left Nangode for lamale on foot
with only one blanket, in Tamale, he was lying in the
market place as madmen do. people saw him and pitied
him. He walked back to Nangode. but on the seventh
day after his return, he walked out of the house with
only a cloth and boarded a lorry bound for Kumasi.
In Kumasi,, a driver who knew him in bolga
decided to take him back north instead of letting him roam like a madman in Kumasi. At Tamale, Nam Sakia
escaped. From Tamale he went to Nazia. There, he met a man from Nangode called Lorro who asked him why
he was walking in that manner. Lorro gave him his
bycicle to ride home. He wanted to sell the bicycle but nobody would buy it so he exchanged it for to
bacco and sold the tobacco.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4. 3.3 - Second Contact with the Spirits.The spirits asked him if now he had accepted
to be initiated. He said yes. So the spirits said that if he had really accepted to be initiated, he shouldget settled. But Nam Sakia ran away to join the policeforce as it was believed that spirits fear contactswith the white man. By joining the police force, hethought that the spirits would stop worrying him.4.4.3.4 - Stay in the Police Force.
He went to Saboba, in the Northern Region,where he was judged best recruit. He was well likedby the officers. But during nights, he was haunted bysmall spirits with tails dancing around his bed. Theevent kept on happening. He told one Kanjaga man aboutit. He also told him that because of this he could notstay in the police force.
This kanjaga man was a man of great knowledge.After looking at Nam Sakia's eyes for some time, hediagnosed spirit possession and allowed him to go home,that his pay would be brought to Bolga by the commis-sionner. -—♦
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
k .4.3.5 - The Father's Bakologo.Not long after he had returned home, the
district commissionner, called Belly, brought the money to Bolga. Nam Sakia went to Bolga with Ndenni to collect it.
When they were going they saw an accident involving the death of cows and human beings. They were very surprised at how it had happened. They bought some millet and returned to Nangode. When they arrived home, money started coming through Ndenni's menstruations. !Tair. Sakia told his eldest brother. They all went to consult a soothsayer."OUR FATHERS SPIRITS ARE ON YOU AND I, NAM SAKIA, AMTHE ONE CHOSEN TO BUILD THE ALTAR FOR THE FATHER'S
39ijBAKOLOGO.
39- Annex V gives some precisions concerning Bakologo.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4.4- First Initiation.During the building of the altar, he was
told to go to Pelungu Naba's house to get people to initiate him.
When he went to Pelungu, the cock that was sacrificed was accepted by the spirits. He asked what he should do next. They said that he should go home, brew a pot of pito, get two goats, ten guinea fowls, ten fowls, and send someone from the zuoloub clan to come and call the spirits. He then came home to tell his elder brothers who gave him one guinea, fowl each.On the day of the initiation they all brought him millet flower and legs of dried guinea fowls. The Pelungu people came and he was initiated.
Things went on smoothly for some time. The spirit was called Zoubel Lagum Woll. One day, this spirit said that he was not the one for Nam Sakia; that those that were coming were mightier than him. As for him, he was only at a river to fish when he was captured. Nam Sakia asked:"But what can I do"?
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The spirit told him to go to Tongo, to seek
a man called Bagnab Guabek, a man who could really capture the spirits which were meant for him. The spirits said that they were going away. Their nandoo
should be thrown away, they should be forgotten.
Above all, no mention should ever be made of them in the presence of the new spirits who were going to
come. The house broke into a mArning state as they did not have enough resources to conduct another initiation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4.4.5- Second Initiation.With the help of the spirits money came and
the fowls in the house reproduced well. Before long, Ndenni gave Nam Sakia some money. With this money, he bought a cloth and went to see the people of Tongo
who told him to brew a bagful of malt, to collect ten guinea fowls, two goats, two dogs, ten fowls, ten
pigeons and one cat. The daughters of the spirits
asked for a new cloth. (Bagnab Guabek's daughter was
the one who needed the cloth before she could come to
Nangode to help with the initiation.) Nam Sakia came home, bought some cloth and sent it back to Tongo.
When the Tongo people came with their spirits to initiate Nam Sakia, everything was ready. Two dogs had to be added for sacrificing. The initiation started
in the night. Just as they were about to initiate him, his own goat delivered. After the initiation, they realized that the small goat had vanished.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
k.k-,6- Running Off to the Bush.On the eighteen day after the Initiation,
he ran out of the house. The whole village got up and went to longo thinking that he was there. But he was not there. Some thought that he had gone back to
Kumasi but he had run to the bush where he spent
three years.It was while he was in the bush that his
hair overgrew and that he was given a special hair
cut under the orders of the spirits. It is during that period that he underwent his training before
returning home. For him, those three years passed like three days.
7- Second Exile.
The spirits settled with him and everything
was going well. He was settled in his father's land. Then a quarrel occured between him and his brothers.
The spirits told him to get up and go somewhere, oo he went to Bolga to his mother's people, within
a few years they were able to build a house and he settled there.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
At the death of Amori, the chief during
whose reign he had gone away, Nam sakia, now called
Bagnaba, returned to Nangode. It was at the time when chiefs were selected through ballotting. since
it was not the right manner in which chiefs should
be selected, moreover the candidate being from outside the royal family, Bagnaba decided to fight
this procedure. After the overthrow of Nkrumah, things returned to normal and the skin was reverted to the
royal family. His house and his practice are now prosperous.
"My mother gave birth to me alone and to
no other person. Ihat is what I have told you today".
Information collected in Nangode, August 197? and confirmed in December 1979.
4.4.8- Return to Nangode.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4-. 5- Conclusion.The making of a healer in wamnam land
is a process which begins long before the child is
born. Out of the literature on the making of healers in Africa, some common points do stand out.
The modalities which make a healer are em
bedded in the cultural material of the society to which the healer belongs. The early life is filled with 'wonderful' happenings and by events which run
cotrary to social norms.
Generally, an only child is a cherished candidate to the profession of priest or healer.
Iheir selection is made by spiritual agents, made
manifest by spiritual possession and diagnozed through
divination. Running away to a 'white man's' type of life does not immune the chosen one from the wrath
of the spiritual world. The chosen one cannot escape
his call. Another common point is that healers aret /teached their work by spirits during a stay in the
bush.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
In our case, we are in the presence of an extremely important fact which will influence the
healer and contribute to his status: it is the union
of the earth to the political power. The marriage of a girl from the Bolga tingdanaship, who is related to the Zua tlngdanashlp, to the chieftaincy of Nangode, which is a paramountcy, brings to the child
issued of such an union the support and power of the earth spirits and those linked with the institution
of chieftaincy. He also becomes eligible to the chieftaincy of Nangode through his father's line.
We can observe that both the ancestors
(banam) and the spirits(worlms) were directly involved
in the making of the healer. Initiation and the verification conducted by the assembled crowd confirm
the man in his position. His source of power, his spirits and the building of his Nandoo shrine, are his symbols of office. It is not the knowledge that the healer has acquired which is tested but the working
his spirits as it is not the man who is credited with cures or with the actual accomplishment of the
work but his spirits, man being a mere intermediary.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Upon initiation, the healer assumes the
full responsatilities of the duties related to the
position. Apprenticeship under the tutelage of spirits
which occurs during a m a n ’s stay in the bush usually
occurs after initiation. Once he returns from the bush, the spiritual man usually settles down and becomes
prosperous, provided he takes proper care of hisworlms.The whole of the cosmos takes part in the
making of a healer.
The healer stands at the center of the whole
healing process. Ihe next chapter studies the profession of healer as recognized in Namnam land.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
CHAPTER V-THE FRJFEoSI O.nI .
5.1- Introduction
5.2- spirits
5-2.1- Spirits and family lines
5.2.2- Bagnaba's spirits5.2.3- How to catch spirits5.2.4- Building of a healing shrine
5-2.5- Shrines
5-3- Initiation of a Woman
5.4- Types of Healers
5*4.1- The specialist
5.4.2- The spiritualist
5.5- Conclusion
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
C.iAJnEil V x.~i£ frri. Jr oouIOiv
In line with Namnam world view, the profes
sion relies more on the spiritual than on the material.
At the center of the profession stands the organic apparatus of man and shrine. The two are so intertwined that one cannot be without the other.
A healing shrine is a two way communication
apparatus under the care of a technician. It is the
place where spirits will manifest themselves when
summoned for consultation by their caretaker. These
spirits are attached to family lines. They have to be trapped and installed into a new room where their
shrine will be built. This room belongs to them, con
trary to the zon where family spirits come and where bakologo consultations are conducted.
Access to the profession is not restricted
solely to males: women can also become healers. Once initiated, a wo._an has the same powers as a man.
Through the process of initiation, she undergoes a
'spiritual' sex change.
5.1- Introduction.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Members of the profession hold meetings,
mainly on market days, where they discuss oases,
exchange information and recipies as well as take
corporate decision on the line of action to follow
as members of one calling. On these occasions, they are also informed about the activities of quacks.
Unfortunately, the machinery of modern administration has nibbled away the check-balance system which was built into the profession and aimed at keeping it's members in line as well as at weeding out undesirable
elements. In the present conjecture, the patient is
left with the problem of checking the authenticity
of the herler he wishes to consult.
The Ghana psychic and Traditional Healers Association has not assumed these responsabilities as of yet. The present situation dates back to
colonial times and has not evolve very much sinceindependance.
This chapter will also look at the typesof healers encountered in I'iamnam land.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
For now, we point only that the New Heaven studies of Hollingshead and Bedlich(1958) and Myers, Bean and Pepper(1968) showed the clear relation of social class and treatment received. Our argument is that class structure can be roughly conceived as value continuum where movement down and away from most treaters represents increasing deviation from their class-related values.Although there are many types of healers,
they all share the same conceptual or cosmologicalframework, the same local values because theirposition, the office of healerpdoes exist withintheir society. The problem here is not one ofintegration to the modern medical system but ratherone of organizing the profession of traditionalhealing through a better functioning of their ownassociation as well as one of official recognitionand support from the decision makers.
40- Gripp, Robert et al.; op. cit.; p.171
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The healer besides his "ivanaoo". i-Ars IV His right hand rests on the pot
which contains the 'holy w a t e r 1 used in bathing. The stem of the tree is dressed up with feathers, ropes... results of past offerings. This is the center as well as the symbol of his power.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Spirits were assigned duties by Na Yin.
Those involved with healing do the actual consultation, give advice and prescribe treatment. The
type of spirits involved here express themselves
through speech. On a photograph in the possession of the healer and taken in Accra during the government of the first republic, one can see clearly the
healer's main spirit sitting on his left shoulder. It is a small man of about two feet in height, wearing his tail ar.d a beard and dressed in a skin.
Field called such spirits "familiars".
5*2.1 - Spirits and Family L i n e s .In addition to having been assigned
specific duties by Na Yin, worims were also attached to certain families. They may also help more
than one man as they 'never sleep and travel fast'. When trapped, their efforts to escape is mere pretense because they are the ones who chose their
caretaker.41- Field. m ..t . : JRelieion and Medicine of the’ ‘Ga People; LoMiTn, -Oxford Univ."Tress;
1937, p. 129.
5.2 - Spirits or Worims.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5 .2.2 - Bagnaba1s Spirits.Bagnaba has two main spirits: Old Man and
Doctor Good Boy. Old man is called Bonbeoug(bad thing; take,have it) whilst Doctor Good Boy bears
the name Azumwayfo(to steal horse).
Old man is from Ndenni's village, Dua, which is reputed for it's spirits. Old man is also
associated with the Tongo oracle called Duom Palik.
The main interest of this oracle is with spirits.He was the spirit handed down to Bagnaba from his father. He is the old man, the one who gives advice and prescribes the course of action but it is Good
Boy who actually does the treating or, as he calls
it,»performs operation*, it is Old Man who brought
in Good Boy in order to have some helper.Old man has a son, Alhaji, who is very
well versed in Islamic knowledge. He advises on spiritual matters, on hard cases ...He also dispenses blessings or reprimands to the household. He is
feared and talked about in hushed tones.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Poigna, the old woman, Good Boy's mother also comes from time to time to the consulting room hut she comes mostly to 'entertain'.
Other spirits might come to the room. Some are called in to consult on a difficult subject,
others just drop in to 'drink their friend's drink'
whilst others come to complain about the treatment they receive in their house by their caretaker who Bagnaba helped in trapping spirits.
As they have come, spirits, may also decide to leave a healer. At that point, his shrine becomes useless, his cures ineffective , his reputation destroyed. It is also believed that a man who has helped another man in catching his spirits will have power of life and death over the latter.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5.2.3 - How to Catch Spirits.i* 2As for bakologo , once a .s been
confirmed in his calling, he must prepare to "catch" his spirits. The catching of spirits forms the central part of initiation.
The goat is killed and the skin is removed so that once off the animal it forms a bag. The openings left by the legs and the anus are immediately mended by the leather worker. The skin is now in the shape of a bag. The meat, masa, honey...is put inside. The bag is then sent to an open space where a cock(who will crow at the arrival of the spirits) is tied. The spirits of the spiritual man conducting the initiation will go inside this bag and entice the new spirits to come in. Once the new spirits are in the bag, the bag 'is caught at the mouth' and carried to their new room.
neck. The initiate will return to the house with thecocq still tied around it's neck. This cocj( will beused as the final sacrifice known as 'malma*.42- For extended descriptions of Bakologo and divi
ning shrines, see Annex V.
The cock will be tied around the initiate's
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
In the room which was built to house the
new spirits, the new owner of spirits will have to
build a shrine. The type of shrine illustrated in
plate 3 is called Nandoo. It has for basis the father's bakologo to which additions have been made throughout
the years.
The building of a nandoo demands that the43stem of the Npalik tree, a very dangerous tree, -be
brought home. The tree is first tied with a white cloth and propitiatory offerings are made, pepper must not be taken before making the sacrifices.On the
eve of the cutting, before going to sleep, a white male cock is sacrificed at the main road leading to
the tree. Some of the feathers are plucked and spread
on the road. The whole of the sacrificed cock is left
on the road.
From the moment you wake up at dawn, abso
lute silence must be observed. Upon reaching the tree, the first three cuts must be made by the one who needs the tree.43- This tree is linked to madness.
5.2.4- Building of a Nandoo.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Although another person may carry on with
the cutting, it is tetter if the person needing the
stem of the tree does the cutting himself.When cut, the stem is brought to the house
in silence. Upon reaching the gate of the house, cold
water is given to the ancestors asking them to protect
the house against 'any bad thing which might be coming
after the tree'. Before the hole where the stem will be placed is dug, sacrifices of one goat and three
chickens are performed. After placing the tree, corn
flour-water, millet flour-water and three cola nuts are offered individually to the tree. A goat and three
chickens are sacrificed and the meal is cooked then
taken in the ritual manner.That evening, some saab along with the
bloodmeal is reserved for the spirits. The new owner
of spirits will call his 'familiars' after the evening
meal. On this first occasion, which is an addition to
the potentialities of the village as a corporate group
a crowd will gather to listen to the new spirits.
The acquisition of spirits is never secret and throughout the process, large crowds will be there
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
uandoo is a personal shrine and is mani
pulated only by it's owner. In this case It was handed
down by the father to the son. It is not the dwelling
place of the ancestors; those lie at different pre
determined places within and outside the compound. It
is a healing shrine built specifically for spirits
caught by the father ana handed down to the son upon
their own request. Although other shrines are used
in the healing process, it is the nandoo which confers
authority and status, it is also the mechanism which
gives the healer direct access to the spiritual and
the divine. On the social plane, it sanctifies and
gives authority to the actions posed by the healer,
ihe difference between nandoo and banam shrines can
be easily observed through the physical structures
assigned to each. Sanaa reach their children in the
20n , the room where the animals are kept in the
sarpak, whilst the nandoo room is a different struc
ture built especially for the nandoo spirits and is
lrcated in that part of the compound where people
live.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5*2.5 - Shrines.Namnam shrines could roughly be classified
into two categories; one relating to personal shrines whilst the other would encompass communal shrines.
In the class of communal shrines would figure
tingbansfthose wooded areas one sees dotting the savannah landscape) which are responsible for crops,
fertility, good sleep, epidemics... They are under the care of a tingdana or earth priest.
In this range of communal shrines would also figure family, clanship and tribal shrines which are in the hands of 'heads1. Since it is a firm belief that nothing can succeed.without the
help of the ancestors and of the clanship shrines, appeals are made to them before initiating treatment.
The main characteristic of these shrines is their
multifunctionality.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Drucker-nrown tells us that:"Sacrifices to the ancestors are performed in three places by Mamprussi men: inside the compound yard^dindongo), inside the compound gate(zompakaj ana before the gate itself...Sacrifices inside the yard are performed at the personal shrine of the household-head; to his father and through his father to other named ancestors. inside the compound gate a man may sacrifice directly to his father's father.Outside the gate, sacrifices are directed to those individuals named and unnamed who have preceded a titled ocrson in office.^Bagnaba^being of the royal family of
Hangode, therefore of Mamprussi descent, does observe the procedure described by Drucker-Brown with the difference that the father is called outside the compound gate, on a baobab tree. The grandfather receives his sacrifices through another baobab tree inside the compound gate.
44- Drucker-Brown; op. cit.; p.37
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i-ersonal shrines would encompass the ra.'v
of spirits and their associated culd and objects whic
are directly associated with an individual(guardian
spirits, ... spirits which come to one specific perso
in order to help them,...), musicians, blacksmiths,
healers, traders... usually have those, xield called
such shrines 'medecine shrines' (medecine meaning th
magical apparatus controlling or containing the won).
ihe head of a person killed and that of
sacrificed animals become the treasure of the shrine.
Ihey may, at tines, become shrines themselves.!
ohrines are actual contact points betwee
the human and spiritual world. It is where spirits wi
manifest themselves and express their wishes when
called, dome shrines are communal whilst others are
personal. This organization allows for a wide variety
of combinations the form of which will be dictated by
the type of appeal, ihe appeal will determine the typ
of shrine as well as the function of the shrine which
will be activated in order to solve the problem.
45- field, a .J.; op. cit.; p. 120.
O-J-
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5.3 - Initiation of a Woman.
The following reveals the conditions and manner in which a woman can be initiated.
"If a woman gives birth to her children and there is no boy among the family, at the death of the woman, the family 'bakologo1 would like to •get some water to drink1(ie: the ancestors getting offerings). He will come in the form of bakologo to one of his girls. The girl cannot refuse otherwise everything she keeps will go away.
This initiated woman acts as any spiritual man and people consult her. She uses her divination stick and reveals known spiritual things. She could also give advice on treatment, reveal witches within the community... She exercises like any other bakologo. She makes sacrifices, a thing almost unheard of in the case of women except for offerings to their personal gods.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
She is now termed a man. She must detach herself from her husband and live alone. She usually goes back to her father's house because that is where your mother will come to you. But the husband will not call it a divorce since it is a spiritual thing. Her children will come and visit and her grand children may come and live with her. At the end of the year, her husband will send her millet and everything. At that time, after her initiation, she has undergone a spiritual sex change: she is a man and can never enter into sexual contacts with a man. This is in direct opposition with the belief that witches like sex 'to no small extent'.
She is chosen by the spirits. Usually tne call comes when a woman is fairly advanced in years and she is said to stop her menstruations. It is her, the initiated woman, who will cook the ritual food served during initiations.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5 .4 - Types of Healers.Based on the degree of reference to the
spiritual and by the definition of healer held by the community at large, although family bakologo, chiefs, tingdanas, even shrines may be approached with health problems, they are considered outside the medical profession, their healing practice being periferal to the core of their duties, healers in Namnam land could be divided into two types: specialists and spiritualists.5 • 4.1 - Specialists.
Specialists are those persons recognized to own certain medecines used in curing one specific illness(eg;epathitis) or have inherited a gift to cure a specific problem(eg:the bone setters).In this field, there can be as many specialists as there are diseases. Male village midwife would be included in this category.
46- Por a very detailed classification of healersin Zaire, see Bibeau, Gilles et al., La Medecine Traditionnelle au Zaire, Ottawa, IDRC"i 1§7$, IDRC1371', pp. 6-1'ii
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5.4.2 - The Spiritualist.The spiritual man is a person who has
direct access to the spiritual realm. He is consulted when cases are problematic or a conditionis persistent. He can find out the ultimate causes of an illness and explain or treat it in a manner which will satisfy the patient. His modus operandi involves a multi-level approach which takes into account the totality of man and his universe. He can also provide prophylactics. These can be amulets, talismans... as well as potions or immunization.The more complex the case, the more powerful will be the successful healer. In his case, his diagnosis will be strengthened or sacralized by the spirits.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5.5- Concluslon.In societies such as that of rJamnam where
the spiritual dimention dominates the material, the healer which commands most respect is the spiritual man due to the encompassing nature of his approach.
Before entering the profession, the elected candidate must fulfill all of the conditions laid down by tradition. His staff of office is the healing shrine through which the spirits will manifest themselves. Officially, the healer' is a mere transmission link between man and the spiritual: the tech- nicina who manages the shrine.
Ihe profession of healer is recognized by society as a corporate body, as they would recognize lether workers, grave diggers, carpenters... the condition of admission to the profession being the initiation. Both males and females may become healers but in the case of a woman, she undergoes a spiritual sex change and she cannot have children again.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Within the profession, there exist a certain de facto classification. Two types emerge out of the cultural material as belonging to the Namnam medical system proper: the specialist and the spiritualist. From outside of the acknowledged profession comes the itinerant healer who usually is a learned mallam who moves from village to village curing people(at least treating them) free of charge.Outside of the medical system of Namnam also lies the modern western type medical institutions. £ut it is the patient and those responsible for him who will seek the system or man which they think most appropriate or efficient to cure their illness.
Practitioners of the traditional system know which one amongst them is best equipped to deal with certain illnesses and will refer patients to one another. Although all practitioners operate as private practitioners, they hold consultations and one healer may call another healer to his house to work on a case. They also hold meetings and consultations at markets, the privileged exchange grounds of most societies.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
In order to obtain a clearer idea of the working of the Namnam medical system, the next
chapter does a micro analysis of one practice.
In that chapter shall look at the practice from the point of view of the healer, of the patient
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
w.liv* ■*. v .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
. - , . W r A- ■ A, - j . » _____ — - -
6. 1- Ir.trodnotion.sO . 2- i,uaar Operandi •6. 3- A -ypl cal Hay.
6 . 4- 2 r’s 0rsnnn^l .
6.4 .1- _,ati&£ related to the .-.'elfareof the pati ent.
-.4.2- Luti es related to .reatment.
6. 5_ .ho ra ti ent.
Identity and jri«ins of th x at i ent.C.3.1.1— —j Ao •c .5-1 .2- iiy: ^ex.6. 5-1-3- -y a'ducation.0 .5 .1.4- ay ri.elit.ion.6-5-1-5- -y Area of origin.*he ratient in the House.6.5-2.1- transport.6. 5. 2. 2- His _>tay.6 . 5-2. 3- His j^odginss.6.5.2.4- reeding6.5.2.5- Costs.
6 .5.3- ^evels of ..soourte.6 .5.3 .1- illustration.6 .5-3*2- Choicer Opened to
the Patient.
6 .6- Certain As^ecti of the Practice.
6.6.1- Consultation.
6.6.2- diagnosis. 0.6.3- -reatment.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6- Jertain Aspects of the fractlse^co-
6 . 6 . h - i s y o h i c r l e lp .
6.6.5- ,.er.tal Illness.
6.7- Conclusion.
Appendix 1- •) s t s;
necessary JnstE.
SiO 3 9££Cr' 0 C t w •
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Tl A* 1 V x1-iiCi', J ANA-Yslb Or J^f PRACTICE
6.1- Introduction.
In previous chapters we have traced compo
nents which justify the medical system of Namnam.
The first chapter presented the work, Its
alms, objectives and methodology. The second chapter defined Namnam. The third chapter studied the cosmo
gony of namnam to comprehend the world view espoused
by them as medical systems are molded more by culture than by science. Chapter four looked at the making of a healer in this holistic perspective. Chapter five
identified the medical profession as seen by Namnams. This chapter, a micro analysis of one practice, studies some of the key variables of one practice.
It clearly indicates that the medical system of Namnam
has for object the restoration of an individual's
ritual status; that it is a closed but permeable
system which depends on and reinforces a world view which justifies the modalities and technologies utili
zed to obtain a cure.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Through a study of those modalities and
technologies, Namnam medical system emerges as the
individual oriented maintenance aspect of the societal organization. Its method is one of projection-
reflection/refraction which makes use of a variety of mediators thus eliminating direct confrontation: direct confrontation between individuals, or between
the causing agent and the curing agent.This chapter is organized in the same manner
as the work: from generals to specifics.Ihis allows
us to observe some of the key variables making the
practice holistic. Namnam healers work in their own
homes where the medical practice is intrically woven within the fabric of daily life thus rendering
differenciation between medical and non medical actions problematic, mostly for those actions which
pertain to both fields.First we look at the lugar operandi, then
at a typical day. The healer is an active member of
his society and goes about : he does not wait in the
house for patients to come. This factor contributes
greatly to his popularity and status.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
We then study the personnel involved in
the functionning of the practice in relation to duties
which must be performed because of the practice: duties related to the welfare of the patient and
duties related to treatment. The patient is our next
focusing point. Three variables are put under scrutiny: firstly the identity and origins of the patient; secondly the stay in the house of the healer and thirdly the choices opened to him. In the last part of this chapter we deal with certain aspects of the practice: consultation, diagnosis and treatment.
Through this analysis of some key compo
nents of a practice, we are able to observe the
multidimentional and holistic nature of Namnam
traditional medecine.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.2- Lugar Operand1 .
Namnam healers and diviners practice if:
their own homes: there are no physical structures
designated as 'healing shrines' in Namnam land.
This house corroborates the status of this
healer within his society, square, zink roofed rooms,
except for the spiritual room which is round and roofed with grass, are arranged around a central
cemented courtyard at the center of which is the yin
shrine of the ylrdana(house owner). Behind a low wall, built to stop the animals from coming into the
main courtyard, lies the sarpai^7 demarcated by the outside wall, the zanore(gate) and the two zon, round rooms roofed with grass, where goats and chickens
sleep at night. It is in the zon that the banam come to communicate with their children; that is why
the yirdana sleeps there when he is old.
47. The sarpak is the yard for the animals.lt is never cemented or tarred. When one does enter a iiamnam compound, he will pass through the gate, crnss the sarpak then enter the main courtyard. The animals in the sarpak testify to the wealth of the house.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The compound is located directly behind the Nangode market, close to the main Bolgatanga- Bawku road, ana surrounded by a farm as is usual in savannan-grassland areas. The state of tiie house, of the farm ana of the crops all contribute to the prestige of the healer, it is obvious that patients would hesitate to consult a healer wnose house is in a poor state and whose crops are witnering.
fluJr.Z I
The Healer's Compound
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Figure 1, The Healer's Compound, Legend.1. Wall where the clothes and properties of
the yirdana will be exposed after his death. Wall of the Sarpak.
2. Altar to Bakologo m'ma.
3. The three forked branch in which rests a rock.
4. Yirdana1s yin snrine.5. Baobab tree, father.
6. Baobab tree, grandfather.7. Zo n .
8. Spiritual room.
9. Second wife's room.
10.Healer's, yirdana1s room.11. First wife's room.12. Sarpak .
13. Small zon.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.3- A typical day.Ihis section is intended as a simple
chronological description of a typical day in order to set the context of actions performed during a day.
The day could roughly be divided into three phases:
-L-N 1 . 1 2 — .ill r.-;i ho I.. -Hi r.JJopeople come goes to people people come
small.scale society large, scale soci ety small.scale societyOCWhrs l2(50hrs-lB00hrs 2359
Dj. v I dI Q.\ Ot A IjAY
Activities conducted inside the house are
rather easy to understand as they occur within the cultural pattern of Namnam. The healer is the yirdana so he is responsible for the welfare of each and
every person who is or steps inside his compound.It is in his dealings with the large scale
society when outside the house that the number of
variables guiding his actions is greatly increased.We grouped some of the most influential variables
under four categories: actions, switches, filters and resultant.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The input can be at three different levels
the healer may go out of his house to perform certai
actions. Depending on the reason for his going out, the action will fall into one of the eight broad
types listed listed in diagramm . The action will then go through a switching mechanism . ihe four
switches are modern, traditional, professional or non professional. These will influence the social class of the people which will be contacted, the
people themselves and the place of meeting. Ihe resultant will be the behaviour code adopted by the
participants in the meeting.For example, if the healer .needs to buy a
goat for a sacrifice to his spirits who are working
on a case, the action will be purchase, traditional, professional; the place will be a market, the people
traders and of a lower social class than the healer
thus the behaviour code will be traditional which means that the time spent to buy the goat will be
long as official greetings and drinking will have to
take place. The following two diagrams exemplify the functioning of those variables.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
in
CHORES
DUTIES
HOUSEHOLD
FAMiLY
Caaia&ans
DiAGNOSiS
SACRFCES
MEDEClNES
TREATMENT
d e a l e rHOUSE
I_____
outfrMUBbES ]
(a c t io n s ) — > (s w it c h e s )1
politics
economics
purchases
agriculture ___________ ____________
wild(bush)
( f il t e r s )*(r e s u l t a n t )
T(professional | modern
duties
consultations
v is its
s
I
DIAJriAl’. V
A t y p i c a l d a y
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
L I AnjivA/* v i
places of enooantert outside of his ny.n house
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The other two points of entry into the model are at the level of filters: place or people. The place will Influence the people and vice versa. Office workers will meet in different places than farmers but since the healer does go to the people, he will meet a cross section of the society and he will himself visit a variety of meeting places during his day.
His visits to these many places contribute to his popularity and to the prosperity of his practice. Members of his profession will usually meet him at markets, the social gathering place of each african community, people also come to him for on the spot consultations as is seen in plate V . Let us take this particular day as the basis of a typical day.On this particular day, the spirits had requested two cows and a sheep to perform certain cures.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
rLAi'i V
Whilst some close friends of the healer(with glasses) were purchasing the animals on the market, the regentsof Kussanaba, a village not far from Einaba, came to consult the healer on their upcoming chieftaincy competition. The contestants wear the kind of turban with amulets. They seek spiritual help to turn the choice into their favour. Only a spiritual man would consent to drink with the contestants as fear of poisoning is great.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The healer gets up with the first light, -is
first actions are to wake and greet each and every
person present in his house. After seeing to his
duties, he makes his morning rounds, chatting with
his patients to verify their state. He then enters
the spiritual room to conduct the first session with
the spirits. Those are called and come to report: first on the work already done then on the work left.
They prescribe further treatment, sacrifices...
itiew consultants are then ushered in. ihey expose their problems and the spirits answer their questions as well as prescribe a course of action.
These consultations completed, the healer comes out of the spiritual room to supervise the preparation of medecines, the offering of sacrifices, the admi
nistration of such medecines...when satisfied with
the procedings, he sits and chat with his visitors.
This period is important a? it plays a crucial role in the elaboration of a diagnosis.
The morning meal, usually taken between
ten and twelve o'clock marks a turning point in the
day. After the meal, the healer will prepare to go out.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
This day it was decided that the party should
go to a village called ziinaba, some fourty kilometers
from iMangode, in Kussassi land, as animals were less
expensive there and the healer had a friend who lived
close to the Binaba market. Four people joined the healer and we left for ainaba. The brother carried the money. Upon arrival at cinaba, he made a quick visit of the market and sent someone to call his
friend. The rest of the party accompanied the healer to the plto house. His friend came to meet him there
and was dispached to buy the animals. .Many people
came to greet him. i o discussion or transaction may
be conducted before formal greetings have been conducted and those Include a drink. After a short
while the regents of Kusnaba came to seek his help
in their competition for chieftaincy. After some time the party moved to another house where he met with
local bagnabas to discuss on some problems related to the practice of healing in their area.
Once he was informed that his purchases had been made, he made an official tour of the market
accompanied by the local chief and praise singers.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
I'he helpers ascertain that the animals
have properly been loaded on the lorry which will
send them to Nangode after which parting greetings
are conducted and the healer and his party leave
for Nangode. On the way, the car is stopped by
someone on the road. The man's wife is sick and could
the healer come and see her. The healer goes to see her and she is taken back to the healer's house for treatment.
shortly after sunset, the evening meal is taken after which the healer conducts another
session with the spirits. The patients are then pre
pared for the night: sacrifices are offered, potions administered, baths taken...The house then settles for the night.
It is often when the house is quiet, in the middle of the night, that those who do not accept
officially or whose position does not allow to accept
the existence of traditional healing come to consult
the healer. Their desire for secrecy is respected.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
These trips to markets, beer bars, hotels...
allows the healer to make contact in a non formal
atmosphere with elements of every social class from
both sectors: the modern and the traditional. It does appear that the non formal atmosphere is more conductive to the initial contact between healer and
possible client. It is often after fortuitous meetings
in socializing places that someone will show up at
the house for treatment.The healer is one member of society whose
48welfare depends on charisma. His dress, his house, his farm, his behaviour, his following, his fame are
all contributing factors to his status but above all
he lives with the people, shares their views and con
cerns: he is one of them. His prosperity is enhanced
by his openess and availability. The next part studies
the personnel directly Involved in the practice which are under his direct supervision.
48- for a wider discussion of the concept of charisma, see:Wilson, Brian; The ivoble savage; iekerly;
University Press;1975;pp-7-29.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .4- Ihe personnel.resides the healer, a number of people are
involved in the practice under his supervision. The
roles they fulfill because of the existance of the practice is based on duties which we regrouped under
two main headings: duties related to the welfare of
the patient and duties related to treatment.5.4.1- Duties related to the welfare of the patient.
Duties related to the welfare of the patient would include nursing in the western sense of the word as well as nutrition and the general care of the pati ent.
Nursing is usually taken in charge by the healer's wives who will also cook for the patient who
has come alone to the house. Someone will assist the
patient with his personal cleanliness. If the patient was brought for healing by someone(usually a relative
or close friend), that person will assume the role of
cook and often that of nurse as well. The roles of
nurse and cook are directly dependent of the patient
and can be filled by different individuals: the
healer's wives, a relative or friend of the patient.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
x'he patient himself, depending, on his
condition, will fulfill many of the duties related to his care but will not overstep the cultural con
text: for example, a man will not cook or fetch his
owr. water to bath as this is not allowed by custom,
but he may well clean his own room and go to market
to purchase his personal needs.6.4.2- Duties related to treatment.
This category includes all personnel invol
ved in the treatment: buyers or gatherers of ingredients necessary to the making of med'ecines, as well
as the people in charge of sacrificing the animals.
In relation to medecines, buyers can be despached to individuals or markets. If the ingre
dients are to be found in the bush, a party of expe
rienced men, usually famed hunters, knowledgeable in
the rituals connected to the harvesting of herbs, barks and roots, will be sent to the forest.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
preparation of medecines involves two
registers: the pharmaceutical and the sacrificial.
3y pharmaceutical is meant the physical preparation of medecines: grinding, pounding, boiling, charring of ingredients in order to make poultices and decoc
tions. The role of pharmacist may be filled by the healer, his wives, some other person and in many cases
the patient himself.A working medecine needs to be activated
so that the spirits will inhabit It and make it do 'it's work'. It is through the clood of sacrifices
that the spirits are fed. The main technique of sacrificing is usually by bleading in.the Islamic
fashion but small animals such as chickens, pigeons,
guinea fowls are often 'talked to death'.Sacrificing is usually the responsability
of the first born son but often to strengthen the
sacrifice, a mallam is brought in to do the killing.
Prayers accompanying the sacrifice add to the efficien
cy of the medecine.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The roles are summed up in the following diagrams;
oijp.ni v I olOiJ
HEALER
FILi.EE 3Y
'JRoE
EUYERo
jAiHEnEP.5
PHAnftACIcai
oAC.-lIr I CEE
iiealer's wives; Fatient's relative or friend; the patient himself.
As above.
Anyone sent by the healer* the healer himself.________
A party of trusted men.
The healer; his wives; patient's care taker or the patient himself.
i-irst born son; the healer; a Mallam; a person designated by the healer._______________________
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .5- ihe patient.The duties and the personnel fulfilling
them studied in the previous section exist because of individuals we called patients, we define patient
in our context as someone who has come or has been brought by someone to the house of the healer in order to seek improvement of his general welfare
(ritual status) through the help of the healer.As he is the object of the practice, this section
studies three main elements concerning him: his
identity and origins; his stay in the house; and
the levels of recourse opened to him.
Data concerning this specific section
was obtained in July 1977 in Nangode. The file figuring in annex I was kept open for a period of
four weeks, i'he average number of individuals seen
in one day by the healer was around twenty five
whilst patients actually undergoing treatment averaged ten out of which four to six would be in patients.
Table is a representation of a blend of occupational and educational types treated.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i'A-ajz. i \!
The following bar chart represents a blend of educational and occupational types.
University L s L J
Business / 40-.o /
Farmers f 2 ( M " 7
Others / . f
Total=1 OO'j
This table does not take into account the wealth of the consultant.University: Graduates.Business; includes the self employed and the
sub proletariate.Farmers: including the traditional sector. Others: Teachers, civil servants, police,
members of the armed forces, ...
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.5.1- Identity and Origins of the Patient.6 . 5.1.1- -y Age.
The bulk of the clientele ranges between
thirty and fifty years of age, period when the grea
test strains of life are experienced. It is also custommary for a man in that age range to consult
on behalf of his juniors or his wife(s).
6.5.1•2- _y Sex.Males slightly outnumbered female consul
tants. This could be attributed to the presence of female healers as well as to the fact that husbands
usually consult on behalf of their wives.
6 .5-1.3- By Education.Ihe educational status of consultants
ranges from lllitterates to FiiD holders. Ihe mean would be located slightly above the general level
of education prevailing in the area. Litterate
clients accounted for an average of 6 0/t of
consultants seen during the month of August 1979.The vacation period could account for a portion
of litterates higher than usual.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .5.1.4 - Jy Religion.
The example given by Thouless of Eudhistsgoing to pray in Catholic churches because their
h oo^m religion did not allow petitionary prayers,
summarizes the attitude of consultants coming to
iTangode. All religions were represented with a precedence taken by the traditional sector.
6 . 5.1.5 - By area of origin.
The vast majority of consultants came fromv/ithin a radius of twenty five miles, therefore from
a fairly similar cultural area. The remaining portion
of the clientele is a mosaic of people and languages
from all over Ghana and neighbouring countries with the occasional curious european . Eventhough Europeans
do not usually come for treatment, their presence contribute to the prestige of the healer.
49. - Thouless, Robert, A n I n t r o duction to theP s y chology oi R e l i g i o n , Cambridge, U ni v e r s i t y Press, ly'/l, p. 91
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
^y patient in the house we mean a person
who stays in the house of the healer while undergoing
treatment. Upon his arrival, such a person becomes
a guest in the house and is treated accordingly. In the last section we studied the identity and origins of patients ; this section studies the following
factors: transport to the healing place, stay, lodgings, feeding and costs incurring to the patient because of his treatment.6 .5 *2 .1- Transport.
Transport to and from the house is the res- ponsability of the patient and, by extension, of his
family and friends.
6 .5.2.2- His Stay.
The length of the stay depends on the type
of illness or treatment but it will follow the rule
of even number of days for women and odd numbers for
men. Licence to leave the house is granted by the
spirits in consultation: it is them who state that the treatment is finished and the patient may go.
6.5*2- The Patient In the House.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.5.2.3- His ^odgin^s.One of the rooms In the house will be
allocated to the patient ani his retinue. The patient
himself will spend his nights in the spiritual room.
His retinue will usually join him there in the mor
ning and evenings when the spirits come to speak on
the case.
6 .5.2.k- ?eedlnr.
Although some cures demand fasting, the
patient must take some food at one point or another
during his stay.If he has come with someone to take care
of him during his stay, that person will buy the
necessary ingredients and cook for him.
If the patient came alone, the women of the house will cook for him, taking into account his
dietary habits and preferences, in this case, the
patient will give the women of the house money to
cover costs(plus a 'little something').
6 . 5 . 2 . 5 - C o s t s .
The patient is responsible for all costs related to his treatment.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A refusal to pay the debt may bring re- praisals from the spirits. A person who had been
cured and obtained what he wanted(a new jot with a larger lorry) was involved in a serious accident,
ihe cause of the accident was linked to his refusal to honour his debt. A study of the variables involved under the heading'costs' appears in appendix one
of this chapter.This section has looked at how the patient
comes to the house for treatment and how his stay is organized. The next section looks at the levels
of recourse open to an individual when hit by ill health or by an unsatisfactory ritual status.
6.5.3- Levels of Recourse.Not every sickness will need the elaborate
procedure of treatment given by a spiritual man. A multitude of folk remedies lie outside the medical
field. The level of recourse will depend on the type of illness. The following information from Nangode
illustrates the different levels which a sufferer may
address himself to within the traditional system.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .5•3•1- Illustration.In case of 'normal'sickness such as
headache, there is a family medecine 'pot'- every50house has one- called aaa Rogo , to which the suf
ferer will go to collect water to drink, bath or
both. Ihe sickness should have tone away within two or three days. If not, something will be suspected
(fowl play,...) and a bakologo will be consulted.
Bakologo divination is dependant on the ancestors.As they would not like to be disgraced, they will
try to find the trouble and correct the situation.If they are weak, the patient will die unless the
matter is referred to a spiritual man. This will occur most often when the see has been given to trees.
If the trees are too powerful, the spiritual man
himself will go to perform the necessary sacrifices.50- plate 3 shows the Baa liogo of this particular
house. It contains water, roots, barks,stones and turtles. It is used as water for bathing and drinking.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
L±AJ^.A.'. . ' I l l
PARA MEDICAL FI El D MED ICAL FIELD
r JjjK K£D3CIi{£i>AND
FA^ItiYof EC I A»jIo I b ANC5S ± 0?iu oi'Ir.I ± u Al
•
i'iAx'J.iAL . — - - - Au.L JJ
Levels of Recourse.rersi stance of an illness will prompt the move from one level to the next.
Folk medecines, included in the para medical field, are common knowledge remedies which are used by everyone in Namnam land and does not necessitate the intervention of medical personnel. It could consist of all ingredients and medecines used in
self medication.Family remedies are those remedies handed
down from mother to mother or father to father.An example of the first type of medecine
could be the receipe for the cure of a sprain,
herb (name witheld on request) is ground and mixed
with crushed earth worm feaces and tobacco.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Ihe mixture is put into a hole which has been dug in the ground, water is added to it. An iron
knife is then used to mix the contents. If the sprain
victim is a boy, the iron tool is used to apply the
medecine three times; it would be applied four times if the victim was a girl. This application is done for three consecutive days for boys and four for girls. If the sprain does not disappear, the victim will then
move into the medical field.A rock is put on the mouth of the hole to
preserve the medecine inbetween applications as can
be seen in plate .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ihe following example is one of Family
remedy. It was handed down to the wife of the healer
by the healer's mother. It is considered as lying
outside the medical field. This is a medecine used
to strengthen the head of a newly born baby. It isapplied by the women when the baby is about one month
old. It is believed that it hardens as well as closethe bones of the head.
-Collect the bark of the fig tree;-Collect the head of a mudfish;-Collect three pieces of 'elephant grass' for a boy; « if ii m if ti ii ^ o u r 111111111111 n 1111 n 11 11 **11 n n rt '*11 **H11111111M ,f 11M11 ’*11 r 1 ;-Collect a piece of a broken clay pot;-Collect the bark of a one year old baobab fruit. Method:-Fut the ingredients on the piece of broken clay pot; -Take one piece of elephant grass and pass it three times on the head of a boy; four times for a girl;
-Burn the ingredients then mix the ashes with shea butter;
-Make a line dividing the head into two;-Apply medecine four times from left to right then four times from front to back.
-.some of the bark of the fig tree should be kept in a calabash with water for the child to drink: 3 times for a boy and four for a girl.
-^he fee: one five np coin(sixpence)Iwo one pesewa coins; one calabashful of millet.
It is important to note that in those two examples
no sacrifices or libations are necessary.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .5.3-2- Choices opened to the patient."rart of the proceedings engaged by a patient consists in seeking the healer who can treat the type of illness afflicting him; he may even combine complementary systems 51 in his search for an effective cure;"
a cure which will answer all questions put forward bythe patient and answered in culturally understandableterns.
In addition to the traditional medical system per se, a patient has a wide variety of choices
opened to him. There are the modalities of the modern sector: hospitals, clinics, dispensaries and
«mobile clinics; there are the mallams or Islamic healers and further south an array of healing shrines
and healing churches. A most interesting fact brought
out by recent research into traditional medicine is that a patient will not consider himself completely by the modern sector: he will go to a healer who will deal with the ultimate causes before the cure is
considered complete.3TT“ Benoist, Jean; Medecins, Malades et juerisseurs
dans une societe polyethnique; in j.nvl- ronnement Afrlcaln; vol.II; no.I;Lakar; T9731 p T W j translation by the author.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.out ultimately, it is the patient who will make the choice amongst the many alternatives
offered to him.
Factors influencing a patient's choice were
listed in a diagramm by Pwumasi. He listed six variables in his concentric model: Kinship influence, which
surrounds the model the center of which is the individual whilst the last four influence the individual but within the circle formed by the influence of
kinship: they a r e ;demographic variables; education; availability of clinics and the type of disease.our
observation of motivation in i\iamnam land forces us to add two more variables to the model: religion
and culture. Two examples which follow cannot be integrated to Pwumasi's model if we do not take reli
gion as a motivating factor.xhe first case is that of a blind man who
was treated by an itinerant Xallam. Eye treatment is
well developped in Islamic healing. This man was refused communion by the Presbyterian Church of Ghana
specifically because he had been treated by the
i\allam.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The second case is that of a son who is
being trained to become a minister of religion.The
father was dying and it is custoxary for the first
born son to fetch a bakologo to find out the ultimate cause of the illness: to see if the man is
dying a natural death or if there is foul play. The son refused and the father died, The ground for refusal were religious: his religion did not allow divination, ihe words of another person who was employed by the presbyterian church and training to
become cathechist spoken in December 1979 when his father was ill w e r e : T now leave Christianity until
my father is better".The integration of the variable culture to
the model stems from the acculturation process of
the modern sector mostly in the recognition of medical leave and reimbursment of fees encured when
undergoing medical treatment. Most employees of the
modern sector will be tied directly to a health protection program linked to the modern sector. Althou
fees encurred at the hands of a traditional healer are
recognized, dally life shows a different reality.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
"iy uniting the people in common beliefsand. attitudes, or at least, in tolerance for certain
beliefs, actions and values, culture fills with
order that portion of life which lies beyond the52
pale of state intervention". Culture is the etheric fluid out of which all material and systems are issued: the prima materia of any society; it is thus a key variable motivating the choice a patient will make when faced by ill health. It is from culture that he will find satisfying answers to his questions which are themselves formulated according to
a specific cultural pattern. The rise in popularity of traditional healers testifies to this. If the
modern medical system answered the demands put to
it by it's patients, the movement from the modern sector to the traditional would diminish, not grow.
The following pages reproduce Iwumasi's concentric model and our own modified version.
52- Abraham, W.a.; The fllnd of Africa; Chicago;University Press; 1962; p . 27.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1a
Iwumasi's concentric model; we can observe that a series of variables influencing a patient's choice are located between the individual and kinship influence, source: Iwumasi, p. A.; Medical ay steins in uhana; Accra, Ghana publishing Corporation, 1975; p. 106; Diagram 6.1.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
LlAunA/i A
VARIABLES
RELIGION'CULTURE
DUCATIOI
Revised concentric model as necessitated by the realities observed in Namnam land.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6 Certain Aspects of the practice.Modalities and technologies used to restore
a broken equilibrium have their origin in the cos
mogony and the world view held by i^amnams. Although
a sufferer may chose amongst many alternatives, once a choice has been made, a cure will be effected within
the perimeter of the system elected. He may go, as patient, from one system to the other but the systems
per se function as a closed systems articulated by
their own internal logic.In previous parts of this work we have
looked at the foundations of the logical system. In this part, certain aspects of the practice, we take
a close look at the modalities and technologies used
in order to restore an individual to a state of well being, state which, for a namnam, is encompassing.
This state has been best described as that of 'neu
tral ritual status'.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The concept of 'ritual status' accounts for
the equilibrium which must be maintained within manas well as between man and the globality of the
universe.
"The idea of an order of things ordained by God and deviation from that order we have described as 'abnormal' on the one hand and as'supra normal' on the other givesrise to a notion which may be expressed as ritual status.
rhe starting point of any discussion of ritual status must be the 'neutral ritual status' which a person enjoys as long as he and his dependants are in normal state of health, so long as he lives in harmony with his relatives, friends and neighbours, and the various activities in which he engages produce the normal results i.e. are neither 53frustrated nor unduly successfull"-
Help will be sought when a person feels that his 'ritual status' is not to his satisfaction. It is in such cases that the modalities and techno
logies of the namnam medical system will be set
in motion, fo observe those in action we isolated three elements which seem to be basic: consultation,diagnosis and treatment.53- forde, Laryll; African Worlds;Oxford; Univ. Press;
ly6 0 ; p. U-B.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
We call consultation the meetings and
discussions which occur between an Individual and a healer concerning a person's ritual status.
One type of consultation would be advice given to those who request it wherever they meet
the healer. Plate V shows such a consultation.Another type of consultation would be
that conducted between healers and bearing on a professional question such as the treatment of a particularly difficult case which one of them is
treating at the time. Within this type of consultation would also be included referral cases, for example epilepsy cases are not treated by Bagnaba
in Nangode but by other people to whom he refers
such cases.But the type of consultation which inte
rests us more Is that directly related to a case or patient who seeks remedial measures to his situation.
6.6.1- Consultation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
In such cases there always is a first mee
ting, mainly social, during which a person would ex
pose to the- healer the situation which needs to be
corrected. At this junction the healer will see if
this type of ailment enters his area of competance or
if the consultant should be referred to another healer
for treatment. If the healer deals with this p articu
lar type of ailment, the afflicted one will come to
the house of the healer to discuss his case further,
through skilled observation and astute questioning,
using the logical framework of the society as a grid,
pertinent elements are isolated, i'his enables the
identification of those articulations which must be
repaired in order to restore health to a sufferer.
These consultations are conducted in order
to give a general idea of the affliction but it is the
next step, diagnosis which, vested by the authority
of the worims, identifies the ailment and prescribes
a course of treatment. The main difference between
consultation and diagnosis being that consultations
may be conducted anywhere whilst diagnosis needs the
sanction of the worims in the nandoo room.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Diagnosis has for object the identification
of the causers) and agent is), starting from an observable effect, responsible for a complainant's ritual
status' derogation from its normal state.ihe notion that to name something is to
hold power over It is nowhere more in evidence than in the medical field eventhough it is the sine qua non condition of magical practice, oince agents and causes
not only vary but also act on many levels, the area scrutinized by the healer will involve man in his
holistic perspective. This is reflected in the methods used by the healer in reaching his diagnosis.
"In most cases dialogue is the conducting thread which permits the healer to reach his diagnosis, whatever the divinatory process used and even if the patient is completely unconscious of it.
Diagnosis is seldom authoritatively imposed upon a patient; it is progressively elaborated through a lengthy research process which explores one after the other all possible areas(lines) of tension. ".5^
5^- .clbeau et al. ; op. cit.; p. 2 7 ; translation by the author.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
but both patient and healer evolve within
a social system which acknowledges intervention of
non material forces into their lives. Ihe action of
an ennemy may be effected through spiritual means. ":,en who interpret events in purely personal terms seek a personal cause of misfortune. Io them illness and death are sent by an ennemy, and the important
55thing is to discover the identity of that ennemy."
As can be seen further on, that ennemy,
which we call the ultimate cause, may be the patient
himself."As the symptoms from which an individual or a social group suffer does not in all cases indicate automatically to which one of the various agents or forces they are due, it is often necessary to consult a diviner. His oracles will identify these and also advise as to the particular magico-ritual rites his client must perform to remedy the situation- that is to restore his ritual status and thereby remove the symptoms."56
55- Wilson, Konica; op. cit.; p. 17
56- Forde, Daryll; op. cit.; p. 49.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
so far we can observe that two elements are present when reaching a diagnosis: dialogue and
divination. In cases where the illness shows some
physiological evidence, the healer will proceed to
a physical examination of his patient. This part is often neglected in reports on the methodology used by healers to reach their conclusions. This is due in part to the existance within the medical field of
a vast area of non physiological complaints which do not necessitate physical examination.
In Namnam land, a healer will not only look for agents and causes; he will also verify the state
of the relationships which his patient must entertain
with his world. Those variables coming under scrutiny during this period are treated in chapter III and
appear in diagramm III, Direction of Communications.
A diagnosis has no validity until it is handed to the patient by the worims during a con
sultation conducted in the nandoo room. It is also
at this time that they will prescribe the course of treatment.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ihe following diagram exemplifies the establishment
of a diagnosis. Lata is gathered from the case study
titled 'accra boy' and reported in the next section.
cause agent effect
UltimatePatient did wrong to someone ;(greed; envy..)
patienthimself
venerated the desire for revenge
..emote,lan made bad medecine Lesire for revenge
power_-orce>,orimAncestor
hade Accra boy step on the black medecine
ImmediatePatient stepped on 'bad' medecine
BlackXedecine
ilephantiasi s
„IA j--A. . AIAll of these elements may not be seeked
i r. one consultation: the immediate situation is dealt
with first and the others are seeked depending on the evolution of the cure.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ihe following is a concrete example of the
diagnosis which brought accra boy as a patient in
the house of the healer in Nangode.One day the brothers of the patient met
the healer at the Bolgatanga lorry park. They took him aside and exposed the case of their brother to him. They were told to come to the house. After for
mal greetings and some discussion with the healer, they entered the nandoo room where they again exposed the case but this time to the spirits who said that they had treated such cases. ±hey gave
a list of things which would be necessary and stated
the fee.Some days later the patient arrived in the
house escorted by his brothers. Once again there were
formal greetings after which conversation centered
on the illness at hand. The healer conducted a physical examination of the patient before asking
him to enter the nandoo room to meet with the spirits. In the nandoo room, the patient exposed his case to
the spirits, asked them questions and answered theirs.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
They stated that the illness was due to
the fact that the patient had stepped over 'bad
medecine1, that the case was a hard one but that they could cure it. They would deal with the immediate
causes and would reveal the 'real causes' to the patient when the cure would have been completed.They also prescribed a course of treatment.
We can observe here the presence of all three elements of the methodology used in establishing a diagnosis: dialogue, physical examination
and divination.These in turn allow the healer to reach a diagnosis which is holistic, diagnosis being, according to the american college dictionary, "the
process of determining by examination the nature and circumstances of a diseased condition as well as the decision reached from such an examination".
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6.3- Treatment.As is usually seen in the medical tradition
of most cultures, diagnosis, the identification of
oause(s) and agent(s) of illness, leads to treatment, the removal of symptoms through actions v.hich neutra
lize the agent is) and remove the cause(s) thus res
toring an individual's ritual status to 'normal'.Treatment is the epicenter of the practice;
the'raison d'Stre' of the office of healer on whom the responsability of the practice relies within the societal structure of Namnam. In order to illustrate
the holistic nature of treatment, it is an absolute necessity to give a servile, detailed description of
a limited variety of cases recorded in the field. Each
and every element of treatment is performed within
and aligned on the system's own internal logic.
The expressions 'herb(s) and 'some herbs’ are used again and again in this section, notwihstandini the fact that the identity of some of the plants used must remain secret, we have done so in order to illustrate the holistic nature of treatment as observed in Namnam land more than the possible effectiveness of certain chemical agents contained in the plant used to effect the cure, plant medecine playing an Important but minute role in the process of treatment.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6.3.1- Problems of procreation.?or a wamnam, to build a house means to
have children, namely male children.A very serious
curse is to tell one's ennemy that his house should become extinct and that tobacco should be grown in
it's place.Impotent men and barren women command little respect within the society. In an environment where fertility has so much Importance, the barren
and impotent will relentlessly seek a cure to their
affliction.
"traditional doctors of the Kimbu area told me much about a fertility medecine which they
administer to husbands and wives as a cure for steril i t y ^ Cures for such ailments are known to exist
and those afflicted with sterility do willingly
undergo such cures. The next two sections relate two
treatments of sterility: one on impotency, the other on barrenness.
58- shorter, Aylward; Parental Ideals and African ramily Institutions: Relevant Factors for population and Development; in:Religion, riorallty and population ^ynaiics; Legon; population studies no.d; 197*+; p. 1 2 3 .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6.3.1.1- Impotency.The male patient must purchase the following
items: One male goat, not castrated;
Iv;o cocks for the shrine;
One cock for the grandfather.The color o the cocks is not important
but the color of the goat should be 'reddish'.The first cock is sacrificed to the grand-
fat ner in order to ask him if he is favourable to the operation. If the oracle is positive, the second
one is sacrificed to j-jandoo through talking. Once dead, the lower part nf the beak is cut off and at
tached to Nandoo along with some of the feathers.
Then the goat is sacrificed. After the sacrifice of the goat, the patient holds the third
fowl whilst sitting In front of the shrine. He speaks of his needs for a child. When the fowl dies, the
lower part of the beak is removed and put onto the
shrine. Some of the blood is rubbed on the man's forehead and genitalia.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The calabash Into which the goat's blood
and its genitalia (testes and penis) ’nave been stored
are brought inside the spiritual room and placed
upon the shrine. The patient then addresses the
shrine thus:"I should be as potent as a goat; this male goat's sexual power should be transferred to me” ,
ihen the patient lies down and the skin of the goat
is wrapped around his waist.dome herbs are boiled and sent to him for
drinking. He will drink this medecine for three consecutive days. On the third day, he feels a strong sexual impulse. He is then told to go home, try and bring back the results.
Before leaving for his home he will be given some water from 3aa Hogo to have his ritual bath.
If the patient is satisfied with the results of his treatment, he will come back from time to time
to pay a cordial visit to the healer and bring him
gifts: he becomes a client. But his debt may not be
repaid until his wife is well under pregnancy, sometimes not before the child is born and some years old.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .6.3.1.2 - Barenness.In an interview with the spirits, the healer
asked the spirits:'How is a barren woman made pregnant by worims?' The spirits gave the following answer:'You make the sacrifice then you send the blood toNa Yin and say: Nduguma dan Na Yin(l honor you Lord- owner-of-our-god). This person is crying for a child and has come to us, your messenger, to make the request, that is why we are bringing you the blood. When God is pleased, he uses the blood, mixes it with earth, and sends it to the woomb of the woman'. The healer then asked:"The blood of the sacrifice is used in making the baby?' 'Exactly', answered the spirits,'that is what I am saying'.
Shortly before April 9» 19Y7, a man and his wife came to consult in order to find out why thewoman was not conceiving. It was said that there wasa spirit inside the woman and that spirit was preventing conception, a day was appointed for the woman to come back to the house for treatment.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Late in the afternoon 01 the appointed day,
the man and his wife arrived at the house. After the usual greetings, the healer enters the consulting room followed by the man, his wife and some assistants.
The spirits are called and greetings are exchanged.They state explicitely that the woman will concieve within two months. The spirits request for seven cedis
in one cedi denominations and one pesewa. They also gave
ten o'clock p.m. as the tine thej: would begin work on the case.
Before the operation begins, preparations for the ritual must be made. In this case, three white
chickens and one white female sheep were needed.
The woman is seated in front of the shrine, feet apart, facir~ it and a male fertility doll. The
husband holds a chicken above his wife's h e s d . Ke is
told to 'speak his troubles' whilst the healer -lays his rattle and signs praise n-cnys to his spirits. If the spirits accent to no the job, tfiv chic':?n ceoo::~s
li • and <?.!•: £ . It is important to note th-.t the c»- c q,'- t.c-i 11 _ r' cut ■- trc..' "10''"' #
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
_ e v c d c -nr then iver. t . i z chicken to: ] °_j '• o cv.z? it1 nrcat to lex 1 <? blood flcv -:t"
shrine. Gen: of the bloou is aabbed between the wo nan1 s breasts an d on fey*?' le i . s ' c of li tfeat crs are plucked iron the c’liclce"3 a:..d c t ' ■ to the left, the rirht, the front rnd the b?ok cf th--
-• T. : c iichcn. is ~t~.z ' . csred three tir _ e over
tc rs-.iv? bpd influences, thep are novecl iii front a; '
back in an uxwerd .notion three tines. 5' 1'T"r' rf"
collection is depositee! on tee of the &hrin°. After t'
third tine, the feat' ers are tied to t^s shrin- in th*
usual Tiiier. This chickeii is *ive-i tc t w n cf + „ ■' e tc pr jar- 'or cco.:in_.
Th- re inin ' t''C chickens an* th. rj;r c.
w: r f to tie up the sheep are brou ht into x.
s i-x i. 't/'Jiz.2. roor * ,n"i 1 ^ r i c. .*10!L rf c 0 !n £ nf! "L c 2?cN c
on the shrine whilst th: husbend arc wife hole, th
other e.v". The priest invokes the spirit: aft.r wkic
the roue is te -:en outside .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
T’ne husband ar-r. the healer io outEide vv.il: t the v/o.r:.n stays inside the c\:iritv.:.l room still se-' tef ir. front of the shrine. The second chicken is sacriiicec. to the Yin shrine. The third chicken is offered to the father, Azure, who dwells in a baobab tree just outside th^ -te of the confound.
Meanwhile inside the compound, the sheep Is butchered by a mallam. The blood is collected into e
Crlabash. Tr e skin of tne goat, fro..: which the legs from the knee down and the hoofs have not been renovefl,
is placed inside the calabash along with the blood and the rope.
The calabash is taken inside the treatment room. It is passed three times in a circular motion, over the head of the woman, then in front, then in
her back, in an upward sweep from the floor upwards.It is then placed onto the shrine. The husband and wife sleep in the spiritual room. Late in the night,
the healer rings a small brass bell which hangs above the entrance to the spiritual room. The husband then
penetrates the wife. After the performance, the woman is given a herbal potion said to speed up the pregnancy.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
I:, this case, when the- sheep was opener, it
w?.c obsezVic that the shsep's reproductive or~a~r ve:.'
absolutely useless and it was declared that the woman's organs were suffering fro:i the sa."ie problem.
Dwarfs .71 ay cause miscarriages. Another case was a little more complicated because of this. It was also said that she had miscarriages because she war- unfaithful to her husband.
A child concieved in that way must itself come to offer thanks to the spirits. Cn 13th of June
1973, I was told this story:"Long tine ago, during
Congo days(when Ghanaian soldiers were sent to the
then Congo) , the mother was not able to bring forth.
Now she(the daughter) has come to thank them". It is
necessary for the child to do so if it wants the continued help and protection from the spirits.
The next two sections deal with protle^s related to lactation.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .6.3.2 - Lactation.
6 .6.3.2.1 - Bad I-Tilk.
When a woman has bad milk, the child willnot grow properly and some signs will be detectedfrom the child's feaces. When it is very bad milk, thelips of the child will swell and he will get boils.It usually lasts three days.
The following items are needed:1. The feaces of an earth worm;2. A bitter calabash;3. Break the calabash, put ashes of burnt
early millet stocks with the feaces ofthe earth worm. The woman rubs thismixture over her breasts four times}
4. Wash it;5. Use shea butter on the breasts.The following day, the woman throws away
the mixture and the bitter calabash. The next day, she cuts the bark of the fig tree, she boils the bark of the fig tree along with kneaf leaves and groundnuts,no salt and no pepper are added. Before adding thegroundnuts, some of the water is given to the child.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Only the mother or women who have given birth before will eat of this food. When the medicine is thrown away, it becomes potentially dangerous to all women with a child who happened to walk by it* the sickness might affect them and their child.6 .6.3.2.2 - No Milk.
This treatment is undergone in a healer's house and usually lasts seven days. It is undergone by a new mother when the milk does not flow.
Go cut a fig tree, the one with fibers. Pound it. The following morning, fast. Take a big and a small calabash. Turn the small calabash upside down in the big one. Go to the river. Fetch water with the calabashes in this position. Upon returning to the house, turn the calabash, mix the pounded bark with water from the calabash. Sieve it. Add late millet flour. Use a chicken, any color besides white, to cleanse the breasts. For a girl, twice in front, twice in the back. The mother will drink the medicine for three days if the.child is a boy and four days if the child is a girl.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
After that, the mother goes to her husband's house with a small calabash. The following day, if the mother does not eat nor talk to anyone,
the disease leaves her. If the milk is bitter, the
hen used in cleansing will die.
The next two cases are related to children's
health problems.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6.6.3*3- Boy with Respiratory Troutles.'The air cannot reach his lungs', .he
spirits were consulted on 22 August 1977 thechild was In good health in /.arch 1976.
ihe healer's brother ground the leaves
which were to be applied as poultice on the head of the child, oince it was a boy, three pieces of dried 'elephant grass' were held in the hand. The ground leaves were put on top of these, rhe poultice is then
applied, sticks first, on the child's unshaved head.'elephant grass' plays a very important
role in many rituals as it is the grass from which
burial mats are made.(aee plates VII, VIII,IX.)6.6.3•4- dlckllng child.
Persistant crying and poor growth testified to the child's sickling state. The cause was attributed to the fact that the grandmother had taker, the child's
see and given it to a tree. It was imperative that sacrifices be offered to the tree.
i*o follow up was conducted in this case
as the woman never returned.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Preparation of medicines: grinding tne leaves which will be used in tne making of the poultice.
PLAra v i i
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
FLA j-'E VIII
preparation of Medicines: The healer shows the mother how to apply the poultice. She is now the one who will prepare and apply the medicine once in her own home.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Preparation of Medicines: the mother takes over from the healer under his supervision.
PLA a E IX
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1. Hus Dana travellea to Accra.2. A man came to tne nouse and bewitched
the wife.3. Wife had fever ana baa dreams.4. Wife went to a .Bakologo woman.5. Husband returns from Accra.6 . Husband challenges the man.7- Man went to the chief.8 . Husband and his wives go to the palace.9. The man is taking care of the wife for
one year.There must be physical contact for the
witcncraft to take effect. In this case, it was the exchange of coins. The man bought pito and was trying to take the money back but he coula not. That night, the wife had fever and baa dreams. She went with a junior wife to see the bakologo woman. The three women went to the man's house. The man came to the wife's house and stayea until the wife 'was cool'. On the following day, ne started visiting the house to check on the^wife's health. He kept on visiting until the husband came back from Accra at which time he stopped coming. Although the man had told them that he had removed the spell, the husband 'who sees things' challenged the man and told him that he would be taKen to the chief's palace.
fe.6.3.5 An Attack of witchcraft.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
On the Saturday morning, after e long palaver in the house, the offender went to the chief's
palace. There he vill swear the oath of the land in
front of the chief:"Land of the rock of Kalini, in
connection with my ancestors, (he then calls the clanship from which he is Issued), if it is my fault that this woman is sick, let her have normal health". Then a finger of the right hand will taste the dust from
the floor. If the offender denies the accusation at
the chief's palace, the next step is to go to Widinaba to take the poison ordeal.
The case would have never reached such a
state if, when the man came with the bakologo woman, he had not vowed that he had released the see.When the husband, who is an expert in such cases, came
back from Accra, he realized that the see had not been
released completely so he challenged the offender
by telling him that if the see was not fully released
by evening time, things would be 'hot' for him.
The offender accepted the chief's verdict
and was made responsitle for the health of the womar.
for one full year.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .6.3.6 - Pieble: A pereannial sore.It is attributed to poison and affects the
throat and mouth; there is also a pus discharge.needed: Arrow grass(heteropogon contortus, Gramineae),
1 black cock •1 guinea fowl.Flour water.
The shrine Aure was taken outside from thespiritual room. Medicine is placed around it whilecalling for the spirits to come and activate themedicine. First, spirits are given flour-water todrink. The black chicken is then sacrificed by-talking to see if the Pieble Zuur will take thepoison. The black guiney fowl is sacrificed so thatit will push the poison out because of tie way aguiney fowl behaves. Pito is then given.Method: Wood and grasses are burnt,(both the roots
and stems of heteropogon contortus are Durntj
The wood used is the wood used in makingbows.Put fire inside and smoke it. After that,
the patient takes the medicine home ana takes smoke
baths. The patient stays for four days at tne houseof the healer, (as it was a woman. A man woula stety for three days.)
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .b.3.7 - Stomach burns.A male patient was being treated for impo-
tency and complained of stomach burns. He was tola tnat it was due to the 'operation' performed by Good Boy.
The following interview, the first taped from Good Boy in August 1977, is a responce to criticism by the patient.
"All right... be the wrong day I picked. My my doctor good boy having more degrees (.knowing fairies having more degrees like man degree. ) I couldn't think somebody will come here and fail what he need. Operation, I am the first one to hold operation. So I could not think somebody go out say I went to that doctor Good r>oy do do my work and fail: I never see it before. Why I say that is that because we we we we said it : we are human being spare parts. can go and buy to cure you then give it to your name.
Every time you be sick you go to doctors, doctor will call to make operation, cut up your belly,
everything more, more, more sickness. If for we, we see we have to loose it- but doctor can't see because
for so I came as doctor Good Boy.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
I never made operation and he die here before... I never ma<£e operation and somebody said well, I can't do nothing, the thing not be all right to me, so I doctor Good Boy come with myself... If you know I no letter right, you can go. But the point is I am first, the first doctor today. So I know the So I know the way to. I doctor Good Boy know everyming. If you let your ..., your prick, stomach, everything, you came to me. You hear? What do you hear?-Patient: ...silence...
That I said you say I am doctor Good Boy know everything so all right, that is why long argue but if I finish and told you don't go and drink, you go and drink, you loss; don't go and take spirit, you go take some, you loss. That is my policy. So I want told you before to listen doctor Good Boy speaking to you and hear and everybody comes well well well and you mention to anybody you hear him to come here to get well. If you came here you want to get yourself. Don't forget what I told you. If you forget, you forget yourself. That is it. No arguing. Stop. I think It's all right Bugro."
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
6 .6.3.8 - Accra Boy (Elephantiasis).In August 1977, a tradesman from Accra was
under treatment following a diagnosis from the Nal»rigu hospital of elephantiasis. Discouraged by the treatment at the hospital, he was brought to Nangode by his brothers.
This case was interesting as the patient did not always follow instructions given by the spirits or the healer, therefore slowing the recovery process.
The legs were extremely swelled up. On them were sores from which was oozing a liquid. The cause of the sickness was attributed xo 'black medicine1 on which the patient had stepped. Once the physiological cure had been reached, the spirits would reveal to him the ‘real1 cause of his sufferings.
A great number of sacrifices(,chickens, goats, guiney fowls and sh<ea^)had to be made. His nights were to be spent in the spiritual room. Since Accra Boy did not like.jSleeping in the spiritual room, the spirits asked him how did he expect them to catch and neutralize the forces which were after him?
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Luring the day, burnt medecines made of charcoaled barks and woods were applied. After the legs had reduced in size, soot from the underside of a cooking pot was applied to the open sores. A kind of ointment made from the bark or roots of the sicka tree is applied around the sores, when drying, this ointment becomes glue like and compresses the areas around the sores thus forcing the liquid out.
The sores are left open so as to allow the liquid to flow freely.
After five weeks of treatment, Accra boy was then able to wear his shoes. Taking advantage of
the healer's absence, he put on his shoes and ran to
Bolgatanga. When the healer returned, he stayed mute on this event. I left some weeks later to go write my examinations in Legon. After the examinations, when
I returned to the village in October 1977, I was informed that Accra boy had come to the house with police
officials with the intent of having the healer arres
ted and charged with fraud. He demanded refund for the animals which were sacrificed to effect his cure.
The case went to court but was rejected as 'foolish
case'.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The brothers felt ashamed of such an action but since man also has his own free will, there was nothing they could do except beg for forgiveness from the healer. Once the treatement is underway, it is only the spirits who can tell when it is completed and allow the patient to go.
What was most impressive in this case was the speed at which the legs were recovering their normal size. He was carried into the house because he could not walk; within two weeks, he could walk on his own.
On the other hand, his only aim was to get back at the man (person) who had made the 'bad magic* against him.
More than three years later, Accra Boy is still in Bolgatanga, has not gone back to Nangode, and his legs are in as poor a shape as they were before treatment either at Nalerigu hospital or in Nangode. It is true that the man's needs are well catered for and it would not be impossible that the man has turned into a parasite. His position as a
sick man would allow such behaviour.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
People treating jaundice belong to the group of 'owners of medecines1. The plant used in the treatment is adenium obesum (apocynacea). Drops of the white liquid coming from the leaves are put in the eyes of the patient. It is said that if the medicine is usrd without the proper rituals being performed, the person will become blind.
This information was collected from the owner of the medecine, in occurence the tree, in the village of Kunbuzugu in July 1978; no patient using this particuliar treatment was on hand.
In another location, we witnessed the treatment of hepatitis using fig leaves. This medicine was used in bathing as well as drinking. The patient, a white foreigner also being treated at the same time by the local hospii (which was headed by a missionary), did no want ■to go 'all the way' into the traditional treatment. Nevertheless she i:- now healthy, married and lives in Britain.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Although cases reported so far in order to
illustrate the holistic nature of the methodology
and technologies utilized to effect a cure were di
versified, they all had an observable physiological
disturbance: swollen legs, fever, poor growth... But there is also an area of the traditional medical field where the immediate physiological trouble is either non observable or altogether absent. Ihis is the area of psychic help and prophylaxix.
6.6.4- Psychic Help.By psychic help, in which we include
prophylaxix, we imply all of the actions performed by the spiritual man and which have for object the
maintenance, betterment or strengthening of an indi
vidual's destiny.The idea that prophylaxy does not exist in
traditional societies is another myth carried by the colonizing power of biological medecine. Suffice here to mention vaccination by variolation against small
pox performed by the Sopono cult members of Nigeria; or the famous 'snake vaccine' made from the burnt
head of a poisonous snake* herbs and roots added to drinking water to refute such myth.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
"Difficulties in implicating the population are great mainly in prophylactic actions. Adhesion to these presupposes adhesion to the conceptual framework on which they are founded. Ihe contrast between the importance of traditional prophylactic rituals and the relative failure of sanitary education campaigns underscores the cultural gap involved."59protection in wamnam is first and foremost
spiritual and has it's origin and it's validicationin the notion of power-
"besides the general attachment to traditional belief, children who attend school are seen to be in need of supernatural protection as anyone else, a belief they actively share . "60
£ven if the person does not acknowledge
the presence or existence of such mechanisms, theelders responsible for the child will perform suchrituals on the behalf of his ward.
59- Benoist, Jean; op. cit.; p. 46; note 1;Translation by the author.
60- Goody, Jack; The rtyth of the eagre; Oxford,Clarendon press; p"I 10.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
It is within this aspect of the practice
that we can observe a strong Islamic imprint. :>:ede-
cines consist of amulets, talismans, charms, magic
squares which add themselves to the local tradition.
This influence is represented in the cosmogony by
the presence of Islamic worims. In this case the
spirit is called Alhaji, son of Old man, (the healer’s
main spirit^) who Is well versed in Islamic affairs.
Although the medical system per se is a closed sys
tem, it’s expandable cosmogony testifies to it's
permeability and adaptability, it shows clearly that
technomogies and methodologies which have proved
beneficial to humans are readily integrated to the system.
The acquisition of spiritual protection or
the seeking of psychic help are considered by «amnams
to be of the same type as cases showing actual phy
siological disturbances and the consultant must
undergo treatment similar to that reported in the
previous pages except perhaps that the intervention
will be centered almost entirely on the spiritual
sphere.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Due to the secret nature of this aspect
of the practice and to the fact that knowledge uti
lized to effect desired results is mostly esoteric and revealed to initiates under an oath of secrecy, detailed description of such interventions cannot be
reproduced here.The last area of the practice which we
observed is that of mental illness where treatment
is a mixture of psychic and physiological elements.
6.6.5- Kental Illness.Out of the realities of Namnam land, mental
illness is the province of the traditional healer.Our data, seeked from observation of cases, interviews
with spirits and questionnaires given to twenty five
Namnam respondants in jolgatanga Secondary School
and with informal discussions held all over Namnam land, shows remarkable concensus as regards to mental illness. The first element of the concensus is that mental illness is the province of traditional
medecine. The second one was as to the symptoms
of mental illness which were a derogation of a person's
behaviour from what is considered 'normal' by Namnams.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The cause of abnormal behaviour predisposing to a diagnosis of mental illness is the in
trusion of an external agency into a person's being.
This intruder, a Nkirik, takes full control of a
person who becomes irresponsible for his actions.Namnams recognize three types of madness
linked to the behaviour of the afflicted: they are: iMZaliklou^r.; when the patient is very reserved in
his actions;
.'.zaligdu; where the patient never opens his mouth;
^zaleyllrik; the wild madman who wants to fight people.
Madness may be caused by the use of drugs, liquor; by grief or sorrow, pain(as in childbirth
or the loss of a loved one;it may also be punishment for selfishness, greed, envy, bad intentions
towards someone; or again it may express the need for a person to become initiated into one of the oc
cupational groups such as diviners, healers, undertakers. . .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Treatment will consist in pleasing the intruding entity with offerings. If there is no
response to this aspect of treatment, force will
be applied through the use of herbs based medecines.
The methodology of treatment follows that expressed in previous pages i.e. it deals first with the immediate causes, then the remote and finally the ultimate causes and agents.
The following is an interview with Bagnata' main spirit, old Man, recorded in July 1978 in Xangod
"The mad, the one called a mad person, is
often a person with some things following him. The mad sees and obeys the commands of something the
normal person never does. The mad also obeys other
commands and does not talk to other fellow beings.
Question: How did madness come atout?
Answer: The first man to be mad. Yes, in the be
ginning, milk was scarce and a man had milk and massa (millet cake). He was walking along a path near a hilly area. A Nkirik begged for some of the milk but the man refused to give him some.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Nkirik took away the milk, drank it and changed his face(meaning changing one's mind) and
said:1' Since I begged you for your milk and you refused to give me some, I will not let you go. I will
make you do what I want you to do", rrom then on,the man heard only the iMkirlk; he did not hear men anymore. If Nkirik says 'lie down', the man lies
down; 'go there', the man goes there.When he reached home, his eyes were
changed. His house people asked him what had happened
to him and what had become of the milk. The man sat down quietly. He was laughing and crying most of the
time. He would find sleep only when Nkirik went
away but Nkirik kept coming back to wake him up. i’he man kept on talking to himself. The house peoplewondered:" Why does he talk only to himself and not
to us? " whenever Nkirik returned,the man spoke alone, x'he people could not understand so they wentto consult jakologo to find out the cause of such
behaviour.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
oakologo said that once the man was car
rying milk and a Nkirik begged for it but the man
refused to part with his milk so now Nkirik controls
the man's mind and behaviour, bakologo also said
that they should go back and try to see the Nkirik
in order to drive it away from the man. They should
get some white milk and massa and go to where the
man had just come from. There, all the spirits would
come and ask Nkirik to stop disturbing the man and
Nkirik would stop. We(the spirits)' know those mad
and always please the Nkirik as to drive him away.
Question: How do they treat mad people?
Answer: We have superior powers over Nkirlhlss so
we please them with all that milk and masa and thus
drive them away from the person. If they do not go
away, we use the bad medecine made with herbs to
drive them away. We look for the spirit ( we look
around for the disturbing spirit; the doctor inject
medecine into the body, not the spirit).
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A victim Is not free- the mkirik controls
his movements and therefore there is little he can
do by himself.
There are three main classes of mental
illness: first is the nzallklougn who is very much
reserved in his actions; then the nzaligdu who
never opens his mouth and lastly nzaleyiirik, the
wild madman who wants to fight people, jn if anyone
does anything against his fellow beings, then a
punishment can be given according to the nature of
the action, ror example, If you tell us about someone
and that person hears about it, that person may make
you nzaligdu.11
(end of interview)
"In all cultures, phenomena called •mental illness' disturb all levels of the person's functioning: bodily, psychological, and spiritual, -hey involve the sufferer's world-view, ethical values, self-image, and his relationships with his compatriots.These disorders result from or express sociocultural stresses with vulnerabilities resulting from combinations of genetic, phisico-che-
___________ mical, and 11fe-experience factors."6l61- rrank, Jerome ; in roreword to Kiev, Ari ;
i-iagic, raith and Heallng; Jlencoe; The ,ree Pressj l9&4,p. xi1.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
nowhere more than in the conception and
treatment of mental illness can we observe the cul
tural variable as a main determinant of methodologie
and technologies utilized to effect a cure.
"The healer, wether psychiatrist or shaman, derives his healing powers from his status and rolein the sufferer's society and functions, among other ways, as an evoker of healing forces, a mentor, a role model, and a mediator between the sufferer and his group. His task is to help the patient, whether he be a stockbroker, a research scientist, or an African tribesman, to mobilize his psychological and spiritual as well as his bodily resources " . 6 2
"As I see things in Europe and i'iorth America especially, it is less time-consuming to use tranquilizers, it is less time-consuming to use electric shock, whereas to go into a person's problems, social problems, human problems, psychodynamically, will take a lot of time. And this, in fact, Is one of the tremendous human qualities of the traditions! healer. That they can listen, they have really tremendous interest, emotional empathy and relationship.And at the same time, too, it is not a one-to-one type psychotherapy: it is in fact a group type psychotherapy . " 6 3
6 2- ibi d .6 3- Lamto, x.A.; in oinger, f.(ed.)j Traditional
dealing; wew York; Conch; 1977; p.248.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
xrankl stated that his logntherapy v;aselaborated because "psychotherapy was in need ofsupplementing, that therapy should be extended to
‘ 64take in the spiritual sphere" which is the sphereupon which traditional treatment of mental illnessconcentrates.
"Leifer (1967) has argued that the medical model implicitly supports conservative social policies, because it defines social deviances as a sickness and justifies maldistribution of therapeutic resources in the names of research, training, and chemotherapies that provide dubious "therapy" but make patients manageable and support a "100-milllon- per-year drug Industry". 65
Suffice to remember here that for a Namnam,
'madness' is the province of traditional medecinewhich has proven itself through the test of time.
64- rrankl, Victor E. ; The Doctor and the Soul;^ev; York; Mintage j^ooks; p. 2o).
0 5- ^ripp, riobert et al.; op. cit,; p. 171-
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
For this analysis of the practice of
^aganaba Azure of nangode in the Upper region of
Jhana, we isolated five variables: lugar operandi,
a typical day, the personnel, the patient and certain
aspects of the practice.
As was seen,. iMamnam healers operate in
their own hones. Only one physical structure is
devoted specifically to the practice: the nancoo
rooi. j.he material condition of the buildings and
their surroundings, the healer's ■ signs of wealth
and prosperity as seen in his family and possessions,
contribute greatly to the prestige which is his. During the day, the healer will accept visitors to
his house but will also go to the people. It is often
in the informal atmosphere of such places as markets
or other social gathering places that initial contact
with prospective patients will be established, r.e
will also; during his day, pay visits to check on
patients presently under his care or cured patients
with whom he now shares bonds of friendship.
<-■. 7- Conclusion.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Under the guidance of his worims, the healer supervises a number of tasks which must be
accoTplished because of the practice. Those who sec
themselves saddled with extra tasks are family members, relatives of the healer or the patient, or friends. The accomplishment of such tasks is added to the performance of daily ones.
The term patient has been used to identify someone who has come to seek an amelioration to
his situation through the help of the healer. They come from all walks of life as well as frorr, a rather
extended geographical area, uut they share with the healer a fairly similar background. They have con
fidence in his ability to solve their problem and have more often than not been referred by a friend
or relative who had been treated previously by the healer and were satisfied of the results.
ior the duration of his stay, the patient
and his retinae are considered as guests and are treated as such. This implies that the yirdana, who in this case is also the healer, is fully respon
sible for their welfare as long as they are under
his roof.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A variety of reasons are Invoiced by patients
who cone to seek the hel^ of the healer out of which
two presented special interest due to their nature:
the healer as the last resort and the seeking of a
more complete cure to that already undergone.
The healer as a last resort is invoked by
patients who have tried a variety of systems, cures
and healers without success. Accra boy is an example
of such requests. The other type Is exemplified by
visits from patients who were suc.cesfully cured
according to the standards of modern medecine but
who themselves do not consider their cure complete. They feel that their treatment did not treat the
remote and ultimate causes neither did it give them
protection against further occurances of the illness
in culturally understands ole termsi a holistic treat
ment .
Once a patient has chosen the healer, he
enters a closed but permeable system aligned on its
own internal logic based on the world-view held by
Jamnams. This world-view dictates the modalities and
technologies put into use to effect a cure.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
iie eaters a system where immediate, remote
as well as ultimate causes as well as agents are
identified, neutralized and removed through a
projection-reflection-refraction method which waV.es
use of an array of mediators which eliminate the
possibility of direct confrontation between the
victim and the agent of illness.
j.o account for the holistic nature of
treatment, the notion of ritual status proved to
be a conceptual key as it allows a widening of th?
notion of health(and ill health). This notion permitted the reintegration of the area of psychic
help to it's rightful place within the medical
field where, according to namnam world-view, it
belongs. As Old i\an stated during the interview,
the object of treatment is the spirit eventhough
the body is recognized and physiological ailments treated, the bulk of the intervention is carried
on the spiritual level as the greater part of man
lies in the spiritual sphere.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
£,vans Pritchard summed up our views when
he stated that "Azandes have no theory about it;
they do not know why it works but only that it works.
Oracles have existed and have always work as they66
work now because such is their nature".
xhe nature of the knowledge put into use
by the traditional healer is not intellectual know
ledge but active knowledge which has proven itself.
66- Evans-Pritchard; Witchcraft, Oracles and KaglcAmong the Azande; Oxford; Clarendon Press; T7777-p7^2£T!
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
V* .«Al - I A - A' ’— ♦ -*» * » » • « « ^
<JOi- O
“ je * 1 the unstable nature of prices or*
local c a r p e t s and to the fact that many patients do
p.ovl^e the.r own animals for a c u r s f we fir.d it mor f3
relevant to list below the cost factors than costs
per se. n e c e s s a r y costs are those which are dictated
-y -he h e a l i n g process while accessory costs are chops
gifts and unsolllcited contributions made by a patient
to the healer and his household.
Jjw.w
••.edecinesHerts
Amulets
citations.ion alchoollc: water, flour-water.
Alchoolic: Jin, ochnaps, whiskey, rito. (one of, not all}
oacrlfleePigeon, dove, chicken, guinea her
Animalg o a t , sh e e p , ...
Feeding Foodstuffs; cooking utensils.'
ree Nominal fee plus an auount or a contribution in kind which depends on a patient's wealth.
thanksgiving Lrlnrf, millet cai\e plus, if promised before the cure, fulfillment of the promise. i
L I A j .i Ai'* All
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Accessory costs.
In this section enters a whole array of
unsolllcited gifts given to the healer and his
household "Just to Keep them happy"; cloth for the
woien, small amounts of money to the children} they
vary greatly and are left to the generosity of the
t.atient. We must specify here that a guest must,
according to tradition, present his host with some
gifts. Those who coie from the same area will kr.ov;
what to offer to fulfill this duty whilst others
who come from farther afield will offer what is
expected from them in their own culture.
Often the healer will make his wishes
known and the patient will try, within limits, to
fulfill them.
. - > 1- A * I r (2 )
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
; ,11: Conclusions an:? prospective.7.1- JnnclusLn:.£.7.2- jrospectlve.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
~ A..,, i .. - J j ; . ,■' ■ - * - ~ ■
..axr.sms, whos. main occupations ar; farmin.~
an_ n-ntlnc , live i.. intimate contact with their
* rid. .hey acknowledge each and every facer of life
v hich th°y put under the respontat.i lit;, of ;-peoific
forces called spirits or worl .ui . *heir vocabulary con
tain; no t-: for faith or coincidence: each effect
ha£ a cauie, each caure an e.£,ent and those can te
dealt with. ..an, during his earthly passage, calls
himself blind. ;-e therefore seek; help from such
forces,which are credited with 'third siiht', to show
nii the way.
* he jruiiin? principle perxeatini the whole
of ..amnam exi stance is that of equilibrium wr.ich has
f 3r coroll'; ry a persistans concern in mamtai ni:-*> a
rrsionatle state of equilibrium: equi litriua within
an; cet/.eer. men as well as between iau anc nit woij-d.
/.a.-. j, = t jjive a:, much as he takes as exemplified i..
the tr'=-e cuttln^ ritual: appeals and offering*, are
-ade to the tre- before tar.in& possession of it.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.he notion of .-it - 1 defines aar.'s
d. sir able state of 1\ trlua: desiraole because ir.kj tich :. v. Ion, Ly its encompassing nature,
figures lore as an Ideal, a target towards which i.ar.
directs his efforts, thus the necessity for the exis
tence of a system which has for object to assist man
Ir. his efforts to reach such a state.
..he meilc&l system aims at correcting
imbalances and d 1 .-rhar- onies within 3an and between
us r. and his environ" ent, spiritual as well as mate-
ri-.l. ,re intervention of worlds in -the healing
protest causes a mutation of the operation from the
profane to the sacred, according to a rigidly struc
tured communication system, .his operation, or the
medical system of namnam, through a dialectical pro
cess, justifies and reinforces a world viev. shared cy
the community, it is an individual oriented system
which, using an other oriented projection-refJ.sctinn./
refraction method, assures the sufferer's reinte
gration Into his role as a functioning eisxe.i'- of
3 iuty cased society.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
jr. the other hand, lar^e scale tensions,
e^iier-lcs, threats to the- society a: a whole... lie
outside the medical field, Those are usually coun
teracted through the many festivals or a^ain by
tir.^danr.s and chiefs.
help an Individual reintegrate his
sit lor. within th-.- society, a certain type of men
and vozen, usually termed healers, are credited with
the ability to apply remedial measures to a disturbed
equilibrium, .hey are selected and confirmed into
their office through a time proven procedure whose
lo^ic sprouts fro:; the commonly held world view.
jne protlem encountered when researching
into traditional medecine concerns the nature of the
knowledge put into use ty the healers. There exist
beyound the shadow of a doubt a vast area filled by
active empirical knowledge which is usually readily
accessible to researchers.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
“ut alongside this area lies another one, closc-ly guarded cy i>~crecy, which is filled by e:n-
t^ric kn^wled^e. ,his type of knowledge is define:!
In j j c 1 opedi a ^rltannica as "select doctrines and
j.racti ce s revealed only to select Initiates of certain
reli0 io-o or exclusive societies, „uch knowledge is the lost Important element in binding its members
together". Although this knowledge forms the basis
~f the security which traditional healing possesses,
the reluctance of healers to reveal certain aspects
of their modus operand! should not .be traced only to
the element of secracy but also to the lack of returns
from the information given, to pursuits by law Taking
and law enforcement agencies and in many areas to
the missionary effort. For example it has been ob
served that in areas where the missionary effort is
stron-ly felt, as in ^imoba, contributed actively to
the displacement of certain practices to the under
ground and even to the disappearance of the knowledge
linked to such practices, taken to the grave ~y its
owner.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Contrary to biomedical medecine, traditional le-ecir.e treats mar. r.^t diseases, ^hls approach calls
for sn 1 r.11 Hfiw6 relationship between the healer and
his patient. .k,e healer is considered as responsible
for tne welfare of the patient not only during the
period of treatment but often for a protracted period
of time follovi.ng a satisfactory cure as illness is
never considered a purely physiological problem.
of the -any alternatives offered to an
Individual when confronted by ill health, the clien
tele op tin;, for the traditional medical system gene
rates a demand for a type of service which only it
sse.Tis able to fulfill in the present conjecture.
It is when a problem has been acknowledged
as a medical problem in accordance to the internal
logic of the socletql organization that a sufferer
will be brought into the medical field to see.-: not
only a cure but also knowledge as to the fflanj causes
and agents responsible for his present condition: to
find ar. answer to his question: 1 why me?'.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.he apparatus thus s,t in motion will
allox the suf ferei to reintegrate his role within
r.is society ty ’oilln-./ stic/.y articulations of the
societal mechanises thus alleviating Individual ten
sions. .he process also serves as a mechanisg which
trin-£ latent conflicts Into the open and helps to
resolve them as veil as acting as a activating force
which reminds individuals of their duties and re:-
LonsaLilities.
^amr. materl9 medlca is directly dependant
on the environe:.ental and the living conditions of
the area as well as on influences which perueate the
siciety on a long term basis. At this point, one
hardly resists the temptation to replace the tern:
traditional ty that of ecological in qualifying
..annas medecine. Islam, for one, has had a definite
influence on the medical system, primarily in the
fields of psychic help and prophylaxy. However,
this does not f:»rego the fact that many aspects of
the medical system are universal but it does strengthen the hypothesis that active pharmacopeas
arc- local.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.. .zr.^i xedical syite::, is a closed tut
; e.'iS'ji 1* stex w.lch functions In accordance with
9 rl-id lot,ical process issued froi a world view
which taVies ir.to account the multidicentional nature
of car. a:.' of the universe. In its efforts to return
an individual's ritual status to a state of normalcy,
the x^dlcni system verifies and rexoves causes and
agents of whichever register they aiay te. it is the
individual oriented maintenance aspect of ..annas
societal organization, a s it treats the xultidioen-
tional nature of nan and his world, the medical
system of ..amain is holistic.
7.2- -J.____"ihe attainment of the highest attainatxe
standard of health is one of the fundamental rij,r.»s
of every human beir.c without distinciion o* race,
rsll,* o- , political beliefs, economic or social ' 56
condition. " - i y?^)
, - „ar,rer. o . . o;
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
n '* as hopt?- vehiculed by thetloaedical medical system remain unfulfilled, and
current trends of develop pinu economies show that
t:.ls will remain the case in any foreseatle future,
traditional medecine will keep on playing a vital
role in the health care delivery system of many
countries, .vecent research in this field demonstrates
clearly that, contrary to earlier predictions, the
popularity of traditional medecine is not on the Kane
1-t rather on the rise. It is ty reco^nizin^ and ty
making use of this tradition that health ■ can be57
won in partnership with the people".
Two options are opened to policy makers
when considering the subject of traditional medecine.
ihe first option is the pursuance of the subjugative
effort to enslave traditional medecine to the
tioTjedical mo del Imposed excathedra and backed cy
t.-.e legal apparatus to enforce compliance, mode.*,
which supports a system of health care delivery which
is dependant of the medico-industrial complex oi
developped economies for it's survival.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
-he t-.cond option, which Is the one we
promote, cnr.tif.s In recognizing traditional medecine
as an lnr.ei.enda.-- discipline which aust be investigated
as a self contained, self sufficient discipline, in
the same iann-:-r sciences such as economy or sociology
are investigated. This implies that new, original
t ^ l s will have to le elaborated to apprehend all
aspects of tr.j discipline. Ae mention tools and not
structures as the republic of jhana is favoured in
tr.it it possesses all of the necessary structures
sr.-: mechanisms tn thoroughly investigate the field
of traditional medecine.
Traditional medecine is the oldest fori of
medical system on the surface of this earth; it is
also the system which treqts the largest number of
people yet it is one of the most neglected fields
as far as research is concerned, ^efore seeding inte
gration of medical traditions, those medical systems
intended for integration must ce studied in -heir ox.,
light and this can only be accomplished from the
i nsiie.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.■.fdloftl syst ~.s are tied to world views
anz chan_,^ a~ t’~.e rythn of changes occuring in those, "Internal changes ar? far more important, /hey are
basic to the understanding of cultural change"f Luch charges offer greater probabilities than imposed
changes to withstand the test of time thus causing
a process of endo-^r.ous development: a permanent 1 0-
dificatior. of structure initiated frnc the inside.
..he p erxeati li ty of the system as observed in the case
of Islamic Influx does show that the system is not
closed to outside Influences hut that it has an
adaptive faculty which regulates the Intensity and
direction of change by grafting Imports to the existing body of beliefs and knowledge.
In our approach we do not advocate a proliferation of structures but rather a nor= coor
dinated, more intensive and more rational use of the
exlsting structures.
I"-- Ahraham, _. ; op. cit.; p. lly*
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Althou--. the objective set ty the „or!d
.{e<h Jr^ar.iLatinn of ’_asic health care for all
-X the year 2 000' does put a time limit to the
>• one shou^c guard against premature aovss; the
time necessary to investigate the existing systems
aust te taken. I r . some countries, plant research has
led to a dangerous depletion of certain species,
or a2s.in. to a thriving tlack market in medicinal
;_.^nts and her:: or again to the patenting of certain
medecine;; which profit the drug conglomerates leaving
little or no fallout for the people of the countries
concerned.
information gathered from healers has flowed
one way: from healer to researcher: seldom the other
way. ir. other cases the premature recognition of
traditional medecine prior to the elacoration of
satisfactory control mechanisms has led to the pro
liferation of quacks and to the denigration of
traditional medeclr.-^: mechanisms aimed at promoting
It tecams Instruments of dlslntegra-ion.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
J.:. or.er lo .acilltate a more objective r-:searcr. effort, into the traditional medical field,we sjssest that traditional medecine be removed from the juri sci ot i n.-. of the ministry of health to be .laced under the umbrella of the council for scientific research. In this way all efforts pertaining tr the traditional medical field coaid te includedI.’.to one ur.it thus tein^ less subject to the superior
?• 11 i tudr adopted t y the biomedical sector.ihis facility should include a data bank
which would have for sole function the acquisition ar.i propagation of Information concerning traditional
medical systems primarily in jhana but also from other developing countries. It should be trilingual: ir.il i sh., .rench and ^panish in order to break the linguistic barriers which enforces isolation anc dependar.ee on the old colonial metropolis. ±t should also include a public relations branch which would bo responsible for keeping active the dialogue between h s.ler?: and th*' center, ^isirai a I I I summarizes -our
f • p o sp 1.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3I3LICSRAFHY
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5 I -- L I C G R l r v
PART I : BOQ]:s T1.9-T1Abraham, W.E.; The Mind of Africa: m i n a™
U-.iversiT.y press, 1962 “206?. “Akrong, Rev. A.A.: A Survey of the History of
Labadi(3a) ^iraQitionai hp i i in nn • ^pi-ip-r presented to tne staff and Graoucte* * Seminar of the History Department,
Ghana, Legon, 5 D ecerriber19 iS.
Asare Opoku, Kcfi; Training of the Priestess at the Akonnedi Shrine, in Research Review,Institute of African Studies, Le^-on, vol. 6., no.2, Lent Term,1970, pp. 34-50.
ibid.; West African Traditional Religion,Accra.FEP International Private Ltd.; 1978, 182p.
ibid.; The Destiny of Man in Akan TraditionalThought, The Conch,New York, vol.7, no.1&2, 1975.
Benoist, Jean, ; Medecins, Malades et Guerisseurs dans une soci£t£ polyethnique; dans Environnement Africain, IDEP 3370,Vol.1, no.4, Dakar, 1975, pp. 43-69.
Bibeau, Gilles et al.; La Medecine Traditionnelie au Zaire, Ottawa, I.D.K.U., 1919> b3p•IDRC-137-f
Brown, George P.; Alternative Approaches to Health P r o m o t i o n , ; m Health Education, July- Decerr,ber 1976, 24p.
Dr.bkin De Rios, Marlene, The Wilderness of Mind, Beverly Hill, Sage Research i-'apex-, i^i«,79p.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Drucker-Brown, ; Susan; Ritual Aspects 0f MampruBSl~King°nip. African Social Kesearch Documents, no.8,1975r±^72* African Studies Center
Evans-Pritchard, E.E.; Witchcraft, Oracles andMagic, Uxiord. Clarendon Press. 58§p.
Field, K.J.; Religion and Meaicir.e of the GaYe ople. London, Oxford, University Press, 1937, 214p.
±"bid.; Search for Security. Illinois, Northwestern University Press, 1960, 478p.
Forde, Daryl1, (ed.); African Worlds, London,Oxford University Press, 19b4(1960), 243p.
Frankl, Victor E. ; The Doctor and the Soul,New York, Vintage books, 1973, 295pp.
, Man's Search for Meaning,; New York, Washington Square Press, 1973, 224p.
Goody, Jack; (ed.), Changing Social Structurein Ghana, London, International A.ncan Institute, 1975, 285p»ThP Mvth of the Bagre,Oxford, Clarendon,
1972," yrtf.Grips, Robert et al.; The Mental Health Indus^:
* A nnl tural Phenomenon; Toronto, Wile,) &. Aons ; 19'/&, 272p.
Guerra>KedicineIn;titute
Lmerican Medicine, wi 'and Culture; London, Wellcom. r oi1 Medicin e , 1969,p. i?y-168
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
21. I.D.K.C. Kanuscrirt Report no.4, 1979.
2 . Illich, Ivan; Nemc-sis Medicsle: L'Expropri^tion de la iaante; fans'. Seuil. iQ'/h. P?9r,-—
23. Jansen, G.; The D octor-Patient Relationshim in anAfrican Tribal Society; Assen, The N e t herlands,; Koninkliike Van Gorcun &co., 1973, 224p.
24. Jung, Carl Gustav; The Collected Works of CarlGustav Jung; Psychology and Alchemy, vol.12, London, rloutledge & Kegan Paul; 1 9 p 3.
25. Kiev, A r i ; (ed.), Kagic, Faith anc! Healing;I.'ew York, The Free Press, 1964, 475p.
26. La’ibo, T.A., an Interview , in Singer, pjr.ilii'(ed.}Traditional Medicine, ::ew York, Conch,1974, p. ^ 4 ^ 2 5 3 :
27. ; Traditional Cultures and Western !!edicine;in: P o y n t e r , (ed.); Medicine and Culture, London, Wellcome Institute ol Meaicme; 1969; PP. 201-210.
2E. Kaclean, Una; Magical Medicine, A Linerian Case _ Study; London, Penguin, 1c/pp.
29. Karoues-Riviere, Jean; Ar:ulet_tes t — — -P e n t a d es; Paris, P a y o t , 1912, •
I ' , Keyer-Fortes; The Web of Lin£hijt ^_1Q-1 _ii-£.Tallensi; Oxiora, uni vers it" F-s-?;? : *rrrrr
31 . » _ .r* j-p j\ cIt n''i "t 1 ii*"C 3TX fR: t tra" : Tn= Tribes r .- ’--- -
” fniord, ‘ST*r -ii-cn ir. — »1 o p (1°(:';0, 604p.
-- ■ , <*. in c • ' r i r R c- - -_ » -----•*. -„ » < » - } * i n u *> - — r.— ” •- r e ' •
J it""'1 ;__T - . '
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3?.
-o
39.
*»e.
. -rter, Aylward; xarsr.tal Ideals and ?a-'lv, _ * l *. , . I __ * - * Vi.«w *. a w ... • . ; ..c-icvsr.t ;a: tore f i,r
-19*-1 or. and J'jv&l orient; In ,^ • i* • ■ : ; 11 £.1 o.-., .'.viral 1 ty a.'-.dP r>j ulat in:. „y:. a : 1 cT*i ZeTarTj v . c;•*_y ^ j^ana; .-ovulation studies no. 5 :1777; 27-]-'
-alt, v i d , j. r.lddleton, John(ed.}; JriUesA 't ut -..1- r s ; ^ondon; .-.out ledielTTezar. r a IJT, 1 7 i■» ; .
Iw-aaj-'l, /.A.: .‘.edlcal ^yste~_: jr. ./■'.ana; Accra;j,,".a.'.a x jor*oration; 1^ ; .
.h .^ottrt; Ar. introduction to tr.e jsycr.o-Incy Cl - .-.ellgior.; Ca~Lri i;-,'; Univer-i^y7 r r r r T T 7 7 T T T 3 3 , .
.silsor., ^rian; .he ,sva^.-.r; _e>.erly; „ni-ve rsltyTrTZTj U-*&ntu.i -,00k ); 1 9 7 5; 13U.
..ilsor., .-.onica; r.ellglor. and the ^ransfnrzatlo.of joclety; A otudy in ^ocial Change in Africa; Caitrid-e; University i-ress;1975; lC5?.
Writh, Oswald; Le Tarot des Imaglers du Moyen Age; i-arisj Z'cEtnT~Ty^T~TF:n n
i-roc.otlo.-. et ^evelo^cexer.r * I . ..idecln- rrailtlonnelle; . a^port .ec'-.nis'-j BIT; jer.eve; 1?7&;
^1. Census Jfflce; Atlas of ropulatior. Character!gtics;u'j/vey of Jhana and Census office; Accra; 19---.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1. A-d a e I'.er.sah; .icrt-al . .edecins: ^oes it have a.-uture 1 r. ^hana"; in Ur.iverritss: vol. “v:
1>7„; university rres5 ;pp. 1?-^1. J ’
2. Ad do, Zcwaanuel Ashitey; .-equireaer.ts fcr aq 'j s c fra a full irivat~ ..edlcal xrs:tlcT jr.
A -tuuy Oj the Organization and A- jir.j strative x-ollcies and. practices of ^ i rivate Clinics; ^egor.; „chool of A -- olni strati on; 1 ^7 6; H 2p.
*. nzek'o}., .iyperfcconditt et Inft'condi t*: e<Afrlque; u^tav.a; ___ ; 1 yV7; Jl, .
- ‘ ->a~i ; _■ la j-rojection; 'Jne Etude jr'sychana-iytlque; raris; i-ayot; 1973; 2 ?2^.
5. /-.ltshul, a.; Psychiatric ursine; ^or.don, _uilliere: 1 ndali; 'JWp. ---------
6. Axorin, Concepts of Disease CausationThroughout the Ages; Legon; University fress; 1971; 2 Cp. "
7- Azpofo, a . ; The ;-ailly planning Koveient in Char.a; Accra; jhar.a university press;TT7TT i8p .
c * Anwar, Jazar.ul et al.; A purvey of traditionalHealers in Five A g e n c i e s jr. ^orth ouiatra; Indonesia; ^edan .-.edical school; Jniversi~y of ..orth ouiatra; 197&; lb^p.
?. Araalttage, Captain C. ; ^rltal .-.arklng and .-:arks of Adornaent of the Natives of the .\orther.~. Territories of the jolu Coest. ~r.don ; Karri son-, TyT-TI —
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i:. Ar>slnvnt, J .K. ; (e.K.;(ed.); ■ ~onch : Iraditior.al f, ,ulture i literature In Jhsar.a; vol./ii;
nn. :^2; New lork; Conch; 1975; lc-i-.
11. _attie, iarlj survey .-esearch Methods: woodsi;o~tH*1573; 1^7. — -----------
12. ^arr.ard, Alan; .«aharo ,u shnar. Medicine and I.edi-clne Men; 1 r. Journal of the Interno.tlor.al African Institute: r - .>K_"
13. ieattle, John (ed. ) ; oprlrt Xedluighir ansociety In Africa; London; .-.outled e ^ ..e-rar. raul; \r^}\ 3lDp.
!-• ~~nni r.£,, Colonial xollcy on education in..or t h e m uhana; In: Universltas; ,econ; University i-ress; vol.3; no. 2; ..ay-..r>v. I5?c; pp. 56-ic:.
-ryant, John, i'IL; Health and the Levelopln^ .\orld; Ithaca; Cornell university i-ress; lJCJ] 346p.
l£>. .iurr, Joseph; .^ursin^ the j-sychlatrlc patient;^altlEor'el willlais and ullidns; 197-; 3A 3? •
1?. Castenada, Carlos; Los Hnsenanzas de Lon Juan;Mexico; rundo de Cuiturs aconoilca; 1974; 3C2p.
12. Cardel1, H.E.; Inltlatlnn a la i-hl losorhi s de ■saint j.03as d'Aculr.: rsysholoLl-;Iari s; Cerf; 1957: 151p.
15. Cardinal; The Natives of the jorth '.vest .territories of the Jold Coast; uoncon;.-.outled«;e and ^ons; 1^20.
2". Colloit, Henri; ,;iveaux d ' Intervention d^ ^jueri sseur; raper prtsente- a. loque d J T . A./..-.-v /.edeclne .rau. *lo..- nelle et i-haria:^ee Afncaine; .aa®-}-,7-10 Juln l97t; 7f -
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
21. Colloil, her.ri; „er.contr‘- de l*ux «y stlie s. d-wOlr.r. a i-ropos der rherapeutiques des .-.alhdl^E .-.er.tales er. Afrique; lr.; ooci^I -clencs o. .-.edsclne; ^reat _rlts.lr.;I erxa^or. press; ly7 3; vol. 7-; pp. 623-
22. Corir., Zl 1 er.; /er? ur.e ^appropriation d<= la i?ir.=-nsi on Individuelle en Psychol:^! e Afr 1 cs.!r.e ; ir.: Canadlar. Journal of African
vol. 1^; r.o.l; pp. I J 1 i*_.2j. _ r ‘.rur.ner, .-I.; witchcraft lr. :hana; Accra;
rrestyterl ar. _oo.< jepot; 19 61; 2l3p.
2**. _er.r.ett, ; At the _ rci' of tV:e ..an’s;ra;jk Jar.:: _ _ I/--; 2?
25. t,er, Benedict; Church-^tate delations in ..ortherr.a r . a ; 1 r . : t r a n s a c t i o n o f t h e ;- ;i E t e r i c s l
s o c i e t y o f J h a n a ; v o l . a » ; n o . l ; Z e ^ o T T ;
197^; pp. ^1-~1.
26. Likson, u.A.; j.he Huaan ..lxenslon lr. the theological Quest; Accra; Jhar.a University j-ress; 1575; U p .
27. EJukanovitch V.; Kach, Z.P.(ed.); Al^rr.stlv. Approaches to .-.eetlr.J _as:c Health ,;eeds In Uevelopping'Countries;3eneva ; nr.J; 1975 i 11°P»
261 Lodu, 51 l a s , K.A. ; Keeting the health Seeds of our Leveloplng, Countries; Ins Unlversltas; vol.5; TiO.l; Xiioventer 1975; Legon; University press; pp. 3-1^-
2 *......... our Heritage; :he traditional ..ecllcin;o f .-.anki r.d; Accra; jhar.a ^ i v e r s ^ j r r ^ t ; 1>72; l;p.
C*\
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2 1. Z'illoz.\ , hi-.'-.rl; .-.encnntr* de Leux ^yEtlier. d-.. xT.r. a fr.opos dec .'h^rapsutiques dt s /.rlndi-'s .•."■ntales er. Afrique; ir.; ^nci; yClt.,:. . Jreat -.rltai.n;ferxagor. iresc; iy?3; vol. ;p. 623-
22. «.orlr., _lltr.; <er$ ur.e ^appropriation d - la _1 r ■ ' j! or, j.ndlvi due lie en tsychologie Africair.e; ir.-. Canadian Journal of a'*
— Vol. l V no. 1 ; pj,. O:.
2^* -r^nnei , ; *11cncraft in Jhana; n;crs;x restyteri an _oo.< Depot; 1^1; 2l3p.
2*-. _enr.ett, At the _Hcx of the lao.-i ..sn's■ : */'•:.Joi'i; .-rank Js:-c _ „ . ; i ; 2
2^. „ e r , benedict; Church- wtate delations in ..orthervihar.ft; lr.; transaction of -the Histories!
ur.an -. ; \o_. a v; nr:. 1; ^ on;1 971-; pp. -ri-Li.
2.. Liksor:, K.A.; ihe Huaan Lixension in the theological a'Ues t ; Accra;157-; U p .
27. DJukanovltch, \/.; :-.ach, E.f.(ed.); AlternativeApproaches to Meeting _aslc Health ,»eeds In Developping Countries; Jeneva; 1^75; ll^p.
2£. Dodu, Silas, n.A. ; Meeting the Health ^eeds of our Developing Countries; in; Unlversltas; v ol.5; n o .1; fcovexter 1975; Lfcgo.n; University fress; pp. 3-l6.
2-/........ Q'j,r Heritage: -he traditional I'.edicln.of .-.ankind; Accra; Jhana university i-r^s.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
_. < 1 »i c . ; • •• a - - - .>e - d >. o f o ur ^ e v e l > l 1 rCo ^r.trl : i. - t-a:*., irestr.t ar.d .-utur~; * L o ii jo : . ; *'r.e C o E io n w .a ltr. .-our.det ic ; / . ; jCBBEloael iaper no. ; 1*7^; 2£p.
31. Lokosi, 0.-.; traditional medicine In /.odernjh,£.-.s v. ■ w :la: r.:- to ..szsr-: t1-.Hospital Coxplex; paper presented at the Conference on LevelopiLer.t end traditional technology; West African A-^rey oociety; xreetoKr.; 21-25 .^oveiter 1?7?.
32. Lorozins'/y, A.; •■•edlclna Sir. L^ctores;CII2; 15*o; o3p.
2 2 . , Applied operational .-.eg^r:::'; ..eport or.a jfe-inar-.,''.r:\Shop on A; pile- t.esearch In Public .-.es.lth .-eld at the university Center for Health sciences; iaour.dt; £-11 _ecexter 197^; 2?;.; IL..C OSle.
3-. -----1 western Horizons; vol. a <.I; no.8; August197E. F* 1?: a traditional Medicine factory.
35- iwufcie, Zar.ney J.; science and -.elision; CapeCoast; University College Iress; 19-'-; 1-P*
36. rako, t ha to traditional nedeclne and Organizational issues in .jot swans; ivorZinsraper no. 2"; "atlor.ai Institute for .-.esearch and Levelocxer.t and African ituales i^ocuxenta- tlon k,ni t ; uaborone; July 197- ; 15?«
37. x-or 5 ter, i.he c,aslc psychology anaP s.vchot athoiogy of tr.s Airicaf- reople; Accra; Jhana University press; 197—. ±- •
3-. tO'urnler, £tlenne; J Action social- ■ -les Pays ~er. wole de Leveioppe^-t; 'j.ailliere et .-llsl TyoTl 311> •
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.t o i z ., -rich; *h wsr.e ooci<?t,-; Jrec'nwicv-- • awcet r r e n e r ; 1 y35; 320p.
jawrl e l , ihlllls oaflya; otuwart, Lu s a r. .the anle of Health Care In oocialist revolutions; tiozaatlque and Cuba; In: w ■ A .A... ; Journal of the African Activist Association; v o l . ; n : ; no.2; Lor An-eler 1978; pp. 35-6^.
Jreenturfel L. ; ooiethinr's There; Lev; York;Loutieday; 197o; 3 2Cp.
Harley, uenrge day; native African ,_ediclr.? with special reference to its practice In the .'.ar.o trite of Liberia; London; Cast; ^ Co. ly'/C (i9^1;; 29^-p.
Horn, Joshua ~. ; China: Community Action rays Jff In: World Health; jeneva; *'ho; Leceiber 197 Pi- • 2c-2^.
Hov.’lett, .-.arc Vincent; Albert Atcho et I'^nfer- tnecent LI atollque; dans: .presence Afri- caine; i.ouvelle .aerie Bilir.^ue; laris, xjs. oourse; no.1 0 5- 1 0 6; 1976; pp. lcl-202
.-iuard, i-1 er r e ; western i-ledlclne and Afro-AslanHthnlc I'iedlclne; in: poynter, r (ed .) ;edlclne and Culture; London; Wellcome
Insti tute ; 1?69; pp. 22C-221.Hunwick, J.J.; the Influence of Arabic in West
Africa; in: ^ransactl of the_Hl£tc-rlcal .society of Jhana; vo_. « ii; t^eso;.; University press; PP* 2^-^.
Idowu, E. iolajl; African traditional Lellgion:A Lefinltion; London; o.C./.. iresE;i j- TT^“ ✓ * - i • i- •
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ty. gasnti • uOlar.de; >he } sycholo^.y of C.G.Jun.^;wondon; woutled^e ^ ilegar. raui;1975; l99f •
52. Jor.es, L.H.; Jakpa and the Foundation of ^onia;lr.: rrar.sactjons of the Historical society of Ghana; voTTvTi Legor.; ~iversity xressf l?o2; pp. 1-31.
51. Junr, Carl Justav (ed.); i*lar. gnd his oynbols;-ev forr'.; Dell; 1 y71 ;
32. ..nnc , Ada-a; Contrl c ..t lor, de la .-.t isclr.- ^redi- tior.r.elle a 1'A'rcll->ratior. der jr-r-statirTr.s des jervlces de jar.te au .‘.all; ThTse IresentGe le 2? HoveaYre 1 a l'Dcole rationale de .'.edeclne et de rhar-acie du A a l l .
53. .\oumare, Aa-adou; medecine Iradltionr.elle; dans:.-asllle et peveloppement; Dakar; no.S; octotre 1 9 7 ; pp. 19-2^.
5^. .-Ifltler-iioss, Elizabeth; On Death and Dying;i'lev,' iork; Kc ,‘illlan; l?-y; 2t?p.
55. riunstadter, i-eter; The Comparative AnthropologicalStudy of Medical systems ir. society; in: neprlnt no. 7^; East-i\est i-opula- tion Center; pp. oE3-695-
56. Laver, Drlan A.; Piracies no Wonder 1 ^he^.-.essericPhenomena and Organic Cures of Jreatrakes; in: Journal of tht- His-orj— o^ Medecine; January 197t; pp. JZ- -•
57. Littlewood, .h.uas ; >.e iolltlcs of jofulatj-nControl; Indiana; *,otrei _a.:.e u.ai\c ,iress; ly77; 2 3 2p.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5?. .'.a-ril e , J . . ; ,'he Cexent of the universe; ^orr'o- Clarenaon press; l ^ C ; ;29p.
l.. i‘4a l r t jj'Jcy ; a . tchcraf t ; jjondoii; *orld University xress; r.n.L'^l; lyo?; 256p. '
61. Warwick, r.ax,(ed.); witchcraft &. aorcery; London;Penguin educational; 197311975); ^l6p.
62. .-lauss, Parcel; Ihe >,1 ft; i^ondon; noutledgei Ae-,ar. FauTj f*?^; 130p.
6 3. .-.etraux, Alfred; voudou Hal’tler.; Paris;jallicard; 1*5-; 357p•
64. Muchery; Irslte d ' Astrolosie Judlclalrs; Paris;Editions du Charriot; 1571; 2T3p.
65. Huecke, Karjorle A.; Health Care aysteas asSocializing Agents: Childbearing the ^orth ihal and Western Ways; in. ->oclal science and Hedlclne; vol. 17; London; i-eraaion Press; l5?o; pp. 377-3^3-
66. i.ara Appau Duah; Ghana’s Healers; in: dest Africa,no. 3 2 0 1 ; 2C Aovemfcer 1976; London; West Africa; p. 228l.
67. lieal, Janes; Juju lr. i-.y Life; */>ndon; narrap a ^o .;1 9 6 6; "
66. .^utar.e, Harriet; jndy and :-ilr.3 In Zulu .'.edi cl r.=;liev: iork; Academic press; 19/1?; ic**p.
1‘. ;;odslf Ho cert et Andre, Xaud; Lynacique de Is aanteria Afro-Cutaine ; dans: m sense Africaine; ^ouvelle ^erle ^Uin^ue; ^ nc.i:5-l'7c; 1978; Paris; La aource; pp.I~*- 1 2 2 .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
(- • j ~ i ^ i o. ■ r*; A ■ r.rojiolo- y an 1 Afr i c s ~*••' ‘ • : .1 Accia; ~ ~ ..r.'j vt.;-.-i1.-
1 ^ 1 ; 22p.
71. x arrlnder, ^eoffrey; ..'Itchcraft: Z-iropean an.Afrlc a n ; ^ondon; Jater and _-&ter;TT^Ti -l5t •
?2. Phoebe, John ... ; .-.elision, Morality ar.d ropulatlo.^ynai-lcs; ^egon; university of Jhana; TojriaTTor, studies no.8; 1977; 2 7C:..
73* rigors and rigors; Case ..ethod lr. 1-Iumar. .-.slatlonz; ..c jra-. 1*. . i 1 1}w t ** 1 i■ •
7-. r o ynter......... ; .-.edeclne and Cult-.rr; r.ir.r.-,Aellcoze institute of the history of .-.edecir.e; 19-9; 3 2H .
75* V-arcno, A.a .; -he Assssedwa- A Jr.yfyir._ jtjeot of Art in Jhanaian social urbanization; in: ,tesearch -.evlev:; institute of African studies; ^e»on; vol.6; no.l; 1>71 -
76. .iead, rlargaret; Culture, ,-jealth and Llsease;jjor.don; iavistock; 19^1 1^2p. "
77 . ------ ; Running Press; A -arefoot ^octor’s ..an-ial;;he American translation of the official Chinese Paramedical Manual; Philadelphia; .-tunning Press; 1977; 9k~P-
7~. oac.-cey, Jaies; Increasing the supply of .vid-calpersonnel in jhane; .^e.is and Alternativer;in: Zconoslc and ^q c I?! Affairs;; vo ;jctoter 197' "; • P»"* H ---*
79. ^argent, A;llllar_; + he /.I.' d rossess-rd: j hy £ - lo.ljr *■ V-■ H .-.in3 josserse~d~; aundon; -;
1/7-3 •
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
. - I * 4 n ° “ 4 i s r t c 1:-V — •• i xarlTT ^ e j i l ; i y DA ; U ^ . " ‘
an:? i.,..ter:.31ivse ; in: .he Journal o:■* p « 1r.edeslne am? t hi losophy; vol.j; no.l: C M C E ^ a ; university .tress; 3 /.arch 1C7E; ? r • 2 - 3 ? .
E2. dcctt, Cyril; An Outline of j.odsrr. jscultl s::;London; .-.outled-e ^ ^e^an 1*7^; 22*-;.,.
£3- Jlr.rer, Philip(ed.); Jradltlonsl H°sllnj: ..evf i ..gy, Jol'in? allst.; ..ev: ;
ions'- ..a^azine; 1777"; 2bC; .
S*». _ n^h, Jaqjlt; Cr°at ideas and xhenrje:: cf .. ^:rrConstacie; */>ndon; 1^1; 275:-.
^5. oirc'lf, iuelques Aspects de la j^tdecinexradi ti :>nnelle et de la .-.ed.eeine '..nz.-~rr.-~ en Afrique de l ’Juect et leurs apports dans le Leveloppeient; dans: Medecine d ’Afrlque i<olre; vol.2C; no.2"; 197 J •
oouthall, Aidan (ed.); social Change in /.odernAfrica; ^ondor.; Oxl'orl university rress;IT^TT 3j 7p •
e?| ^uroeor., Lavid; Les ourclers de la Maladie;dans: C.-.LI Hxplore; \lol.l; no.2;Ottawa” 3"7lT"; Juin 197 - i P P O -3*
-tromter- , Jerone; Co3~unity Involvement in“ ^olvlns Health protless in Chana;_ in:
Incuiry; ^uppleient to v o 1 . a u ; ^uneI* h i PP- l^E-155.
8?. ouxziers, /onta-ue; 2he History of ..itcncra-i^an-~“monolo-y; London; noutlec.^5 ^ “ ei-c*••Paul; 196? , 1926); 353P •
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5'. iVusasi , t . A. ; -ni: Characteristics of Ghanji&r.-tucents; ir. ^nlvsrsltg;;
wol.5; n o . 2 ; ^~,or.; jnl versity ~r-it- .■.«1i'-..oveEt,er 157C; Pr.. 2 1 1-2 2 3.
91. wS-a, n l t o s h i ; .nit cha re f t and _nrcery In t l l t u iuBS-ta I r l b s ; ^ a l r o t l : I n s t l t - J t g of A*Y’, - &r s t u d i e s ; d i s c u s s i o n r a ^ s r n o . 23; 1971; I2p,2. i i l l e r . e u v e , . . n l and; o a t t a t e t ^ o r t l I ^ - ; s ; i - a r i i ;
C n l l e c t l n J ' Al ~ Al t a i n 7.1 she 1; flo.AjO?; 1,72; lBv,.
. .a im 'd ; Africa:, l i tera tu reAJ« W ( et a
..aim d ;; 529
/.ari e An dr, % CO ^our1975; I32p
• 4 t ' i • »
95- Warren, „uckley; Ayandokun; I'orutp. .■.edecinec;Le,ron; Institute of African studies;June 1973; lC£^.
9 - . ------ ; west African Council for medical researchLa^os; . lfty Years of medical I-iesearch lr. nlgerlal Ta^oTj JJacTTT! 1972; 2 7 ty.
97. Wllliaxson, „rian h. ; ,'.aglc ar.d the .i 11sr.i u.i;_ondon; Hei nesan; 197"; 5^7p.
9- • William son, Akar. .-.elic.ior. and th^ Jhrl st i aJaith; Accra; ^hana jfllversity i-resz. 1 9 i • 1 £ i- •
\ J .» -J e\-' 1 w n » » w •
99. utEU •1
»1
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ir. Jfe'deelnt traditionnelie; ^r.U' du /ond- ■uer.feve; nnveibre 1977; j i ~ — ---Ibid.; August-..*/; tenter 1375. itid. ; dJcfc-lrt iJ7j.
l-l* -r a " to; a l_rt , Attendants; offset putlica*io'- r . c . * ■, „ t : , s v e i * .,j; 1 : 7 2 5 - 7 6*. ”
1 ~ 2 • a--1 o j., w , . ; * he Place of /iental "iea"11 4 t h-aLevelop?.- n» n f ~ u b l l c -eal' rvi'ses; _ r a z z 9 V A lie ; t, -"31 Alro ..echnical i aper n o , 8 .
1-3* Africa.'-, traditional i'iedeclns; Brazzaville; 19?£; Afro technical Paper no.i; lOp. ’
1~~. or.ehu, w.; Health Care In r.ural Areas; Brazzaville;rt.'-lJ; A . J technical Paper no. 1C; 1975; o ^ p .
1-5. wisifo, .... j .J.; ^ne ^one .mrale dans I'jtatOccidental au ..Igerlal Brazzaville; j..^; ^razzavllie ; A* 1 HA/ 12c .
1C6. Consultation on potentials for Use of Plants Indicated cy traditional fledecine lr. Cancer therapy*; Jeneva; 197t; 20p. CA^/t.W?:5.1.
1C7. Bannerman, H.H.; Le programse de fiedeclnetradl tlonnellel Cenfeve ; o7!T7i liov.1977; pp. 31: .
108. Projgt de budget pour la Perlode rinanclere TyV^-l9wl-£xaxen du Programme Medecine ^radi- tlonnelle; napport du Llrecteur sSntral;£^63/.li/2 15 novenbre 1976; 9p-
109. .-.e solution du Conseil Executif^de Projet de iud£et; progranne pour la f erlode inar.ci >.re 198--19S1; ixaner. du Prosraiae de ^ececlne .ra- dltionnelle; oolxante-j.rr:izieie session:
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i n .
112.113-
1H-.
115.
116.
117.
115.
ii
11?.
A -'r.- _ar.rf *,taff .-.eport; foliation iollcis.- a:..: ; „eveloj.ii.ent: Jaitiiore; Johr. r.o;,kir.Jnlverslty Press; 197-.
— 1 ro. e n - a 1 .tea 1 r, and .-.m a n ^.colo?lc Considerations in Lsvelopaeflt i-ro.lects: t aEhU..-tnr.= '---Vlorld ^ar.k; 19/*.; i«2p.
Institute of levelnpxent studies; Occasional Oulde r.o.lL; oussex; University i-reTI"!
^enest, jerj“ ; medecine Africal.ne et irospective1- o 1 r.t de vue de 1' antnro^olo ; Huc-tec ; w'niverslte „aval; j>0 zars 19?c; 6p. taper presented at the CAn- Conference; Ottawa; .-4ay 2-5 19?£.
/.right, Charles J.; jjealth Care in Africa ^o3°y;A Question oT jrlorlty; yj.. ; 1-aj.er rre- sented at the CAAo Conference; Ottawa;2-5 fiay 1978.
£r.vlronr.erent Afrlcaln; mars 1979; no.2^; Lakar; .supplement Kulga .-<ayele; f-hariacopee et Kedecine Tradltlormelle.Ouologuei, Yaxto; Ces flantes qui Cuerissent;
Chronique dans; ^1n;n; no.3"0-3"l-napport sur le 8ene Seiifiaire des isychiatres Africalr.s; ^lngo 30C; pp. 32-3“ *i a medecine Afrlcaine: Unir la tradition a-ix Llsciplines .^odernes; Le Irolt; Ottawa; 1- septeitre 1979; p.9.Parenthood federation; jouth-iast Asia an-^ Oceania .-legional Conference; Aanilla; 21-2/Kerch 1971; i-ustassr.te i-ress.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
• - ♦ * ■ • h I 1
1. A .ir., o a z i r ; L<-'velo;,KeTcr.t Ir.t^al: >«srir: '1973; 3T3T: -
2. iaran, Paul A.; Kotstavx, E.J.; .he ota^es of Enoxlc jrowht: A ..evie*; in: ..yklosjvo’ ? ~asel; i-etersgraten; l?6i; p; . 2j--2~
3. lurtado, Cel so; .hiorle 3u Le'veloppg-.ent Her 8^ i S i r • v ■ * < * 1 9 •
*•• Higgins, Eionoxlc Levelopaent; .„ev; i'or/.;•i» i *»or i/0r» jl. * -' • ■ 1 w/ w«
5. -ihajlo et al.; jtrati'.;! e pour Lezsin: 2e -appodu Jlut de .'.OLe] TarTFJ TeuTT;
o. i.yint, H. ; Ecor.oxlc theory and the Underdevelop Countri es; Oxford; University i-ress; 1,7
7. iiostow, .he stages of Economic „rowth;Cambridge; University press; l?ot; 179P
i C\J
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Annex i- xatient's Observation ills.Annex 11- issay questions.Annex X 4. J. - Lebate mpic.Annex I i.ipS.
Annex w - Sotes on Ba'<olo^o.Annex • A — ..ulec and Regulation;- of th
elation of Jhar.a isyohlc -
rractitioners; ...he Joiipanies Jode,
l?yj, (act 17?);
z,xa'ple of licence to practice;
Proposed ^ea l slation d o n c e m i n ^ the
rractlce of Hoaeopathy, Osteopathy
and Other aysteis of Unorthodox:
medicine except Traditional Ssdicine
Proposals for Legislation for the
Regulation and Control of . r a t i o n ?
Therapeutics and .-ledi ci : . t .
Annex *_I- ^rowth and Levelopxent.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
L — iP A T I I i ’T 'S OPSERV/.TICi: P I I E
JULY-1979.
DAIS TP ' S A. 33 SE X O.’IC-IN CCI-IPI/JITT TRZA?ISJr RZ....R1IS
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
a :~i:zx i i SSS.'.Y r T.. wSTIO’*S
Write here the Kane of Your Village; your age; your rel.
(Yr.r name is not neces ary.)1. What is mental illness?2. How can you tell that someone is going mad?3. What would you do if someone in your family was
growing mad? ”4. Hew would you treat a mad person?5. Would you take the sick person to the healer or juju
r.ar. or to the hospital?6. Is there someone in your village/town who treats
mad persons?7. What do you think can cause a person to go mad?
(cite some cases that you are familiar with).8. How does your family deal or treat a mad member?9. How would the village/town treat one of it's
members who has gone mad?10. Do you think that a person is mad for life?
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A’TI.'EX -IIID E 2 A I E TOIIC
Organize yourselves into two groups. Ihe first group will defend modern medicine and the second group shall defend traditional medicine.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A 1 I f
•n: H i Jhana.
i ’ . A T u
general r.ap: oource: ntlas Jeune Afrique11t Ji P • 1 “ 7 •
~ap III: Area of .^esearch-iource: Ghana Jurvsy; ^olga-Ianta i\ortn East.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
IQ K I lin tV MMKO'
r e g io n
0*vbiz~ i;tv*KPS
VOLECAklknr RVF
rVOLTAIRONG1 AHAFO 1EGI0N
rvjuM
CAME RESERV
SllANT, <1 REGION
/ E A S T ff tA '* • >ik \’ 'tP'IRiOU*region -
WESTERN \ o »n>-J' j CC V«K£A >■REGION
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
,8eo ‘ i .Kumbuig* N ANGO D I KALINI
Na/igodi GuosePaporryorogo ' . .;.or Beo Kasinga
KONGO* ADUSA&IS:Z u a r u w g u
_Jf1oshie»,4’NangotifyYakoti
r D a ra u U jg d V/ . Daramdabo//T~ *
ZANLERIGH
NDONGO. Zogabrc
\Tkisl hamof sf \ Tlndotigo '; • ■
rifytri
0'40 West or GreenviKh
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
FAnr I........... ^agre and bakologo: Rattray, TheTribes of the Ashanti Hinterland, Oxford, clarendon press, Chapter XV: SHrilWS^; The Making of an Ancestral 3hrine;pp. 215-220.
?n.-.r I I .......... Account of a personnal initiationas a Soothsayer conducted In Aan- gode by bagnaba Azure between 18 December 1976 and January 1st 1?77.
F A -I III.........The apparatus and It's signification.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
%•
i:VIC
if)Z
tC t;v.cv«
C>5-<3
JZ rrE, n t ~ O
* Oo•r °2 -C_ h(X
- EU £c•» ? 3 3 t: r* *-»
u t» o ■ ■ ■b ° -i- jt ■“ ~ = ^o ° j: „ .C.I■f '5.
I~1 In" J= ■£ - o o cu Ej_T i/i
C K •» .1
1•o,2 "tJ JZ C — »•’'* n
o i! V *»° t g-gc t |C — T3* 1 5-gC c •x - .5 V> a k. ? >c -s 1 i8 t? ^ J5" E
§-B ~- * r
o E!! *.•f; o
C k-*c cj.'-5 -5
—T ^ • o
" § s |
one
iscd
«J o&o o — £ o.E E S <-C * “ *U P &4ss '5 1 £
- ' i “ io c o c
E ou co o
D. u “ U V>
* ° & * -£ 1o w **
ec "5 -C -2J &C ~ » i s
■3 h -3 -—
-o v.k u
<3«5-ac
t«J „* fts o ^ ■£ O o ^ E
o -CC ' ■5 coO rc0 £cj Ji1 "
C/3 cn
2 E !cw ° p “ tu 3 O*c w ?I w ^ O “
.— L 5■si
0 ^ 0 1 3 “
^.E 1~ C 2vi I. JS* "* s *;2« -a o™ *n °• r3 wi_ O 'J: ”5 2I J }
S •£ u Cs* i_r5 o js -cw *-'o o° E •* cv -
£ H -£
O — o’ =n
U-.»- O
— -a M 1o'~ E
c fca f! **♦» o C o•X 60■ra0 0 _C n•cr! £ !£ Vo
_cJiOC ■5 hC: <r c 5!ix: u.
- u.O cc r~ —1 ctc t-
.E "T>. u£ « -C
t2lc- w ^ ~ - ■•£|-£5 - I■7 £S S ~o S ]:
c « ^= E ”
Cf t o OM C3 n j0X
c
O o
n>
w- a w Cc t£n Co c
V> ua
cto
V > o
; z JZ cr:
E - a _
o KCX
J Crs
- 5 *<c «- o
>*(/.o
u
rs t t to
&
~nV«*
ioo
tlis
3
6
> V O
n o “v— —
.t r v ° 0 JZ- n
rdc
tes
t
cso
poD h
r;
- CL E " t ,o Vi
o fcX u
oo o
X H -£ CJ
> n i«
e.
S t ?. S'v _: . ' cr
1 5 e o
£-= Jk . • 1/v» - C CV .1 fl p c ** ic - C •
c 2 1•» „ L
o — *w c —
*o -t* '.5 *s > ;»o "5 5 *o
-c “ - .Sc l m» ' “ ft ^
.2 * -
2 J53 2 S £ S!?■£.§■£ 5* k « i « 5* **
a -
E H. i
•- “ fc = — - “2 0
u:h
S - - -“t 5 k fc$« "S - = >ej t 5 5< < 1-5 OJ > - 2c a s _‘ ^ £ Jf oc “
E «= t3■_Z &.E = 5 *5 r5 -=
£ Z = ■= *r *^ | ’r. jj '" c ■' ’I2 j- V w y 3_ e J = <° W S T "u > <- --
i xw Vc 5 c 5X-C
-a •£* w—• E E ? v- o•E £.91 —U ^ -
*Z cX sn o ^ O,= .r.- o •-S S
C t Er - 'n £ - Sfcj 4- ?JU 5 "
u *rc — X 5 0 Ic I
« « ,
“2 ® g n *0 “C "3T ~ fc ^O i .9 9 ci
o- c
- oif «n JZ o uttftci-O g
1 ? C- n1 Cr " sh c
- o «c. r /> w
-C *-• £w o| If
Xj -5- ^ * 3 C- 2j j > u^ * / .f. v; c 2f
-Q o -n £*'' cji-2 -* °E ^ * r
", < S. _a v 5o 2c- 8
S ° be “a -a ? = .S 2 ji °6 -
S«
_ u r~ ~u iK O G >7 -1 < H *2 -5 5 1 = | 11l l l l f s2 ^ = u •= “«j -c i " c 5
■ “ ; r c ^b J ^ C w _~ J - v -j — ci M _z n C 3 > C w 4/
e w a0 o or "S -I1 -S E
2 C o -■= T f l n J*£ f £•?J! - £ =
•— , .JS "TZ u- r? v *■c•O .
C c ^2:1 - i
E t P - 8 :° “ X bfi n* O b —C
e So — r*
c i £ y c -s !r
tc 7
•a o
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
TJ T3 tO S X O T3
* - I ~ «~ ,2 JS
£ y. ^ *P--S
-a b c wu= gX ^0)
o v— - c .c;?2 5 — -5 2 ----*" ^ ^ *2 "a“ - * • b eT3 O -.
T3 ~c cl•— t> » u c u
3 -CSL“ c •« s
' - § c -
S 'S£ “O
0 0 3 °a - nP •*E I-3o v2 M
4J ^3
I ‘5
9 #C
8 a
r*s i CJ C
JS oW O r ««
•£ ^
C *
\ T - aU O 4-1
^ h| d" " "*, e% <j n ' r t! r -B ~ -c
&■ S..=u W >2 I I
to e c • —2 Si e
JJ -Bc
2 3
O ^£ e? > COl ? ^ . S
S -
1 -c o «■*tO O
E cno •“ -? w
o O§ E -a -c .-* JSo —
— «a< »
I I0 « X o- c
2 -o1 g
5 T 3 «- e3 OO ^
* l ajs - * 2
3 tO► B
-a 'Z -o55 .2f- nO b£ ■ *
x eu .3 -3
o " -a =2
- Irt Xc/l u ttj '
r .2: h
E tj cj tc C tlw otO cjX “* Cr t ■ —E *
*; > wr* o •— t- E
J= ’5o£ -C■ — a^ - s
> t / 4_, U
M " =5 y ==s s
I -I
<V _QE « o .e -so o -a !-■
a j g n vU
"* S -S «
3
o
£ - 6 -Ji□ Cl, ^
n <-3 5
■3 *ix 3 rz nO u tc n
— “3
S4-i _CJ5 ^v .
-° SiCj 3 -C o •- u
p . «4i0 SdB E
_o T3
i . *T3
C9 3> -u. •- c
u >5P .n
— 3 - t . “C W 3 _CiO tib“ c o a c <h
g - - £ -tT S ■=C
cud
3 nSL-S
§ S E -co >a ^o
ua tj
. * O
■g EC .« «
3_G Oc -co c
<siM c
rt ■ ~
s -Va Ca «1 I
oj <u u — ir *-
* >% >. rr
. c c
~o c .»5 ■ - v o w £* o i o >> w
,t: u x *3^ -= -n £Ci-. 4_l O -,^ f ! w. VCJ — «
O JS S
• c •S CL r :
O J2
v» C
J -S E «r r * st? , o E 5
O _ CL.c 2 —
© a o *-j£Z .E ^ » • V Hg fc -2 £2 -0 cC <5 « w
CD
r- ^ .g
n •- Cu"C «j 2
- e t.CJ —“ o 2 ” £ w *"* c t o ' “
^ a ^
S ? := *-3 toB .E
_ O —
&-T3 ^ O, c
s s^ cnx 2 « .~1 2 2 c“ v E= i t
.5 'i if _= c oV O og r ?° — «r *" ■? SJ
— — .V - 1C/3 T 3 <2 O
<> rt -ig £ =
60 , C w
-3 .21 1 y !
■ ? c _
S I '*• 2- ^ "0 '*3 T* u
Z ° O - c ^ 5 .
« 2 - *
.3 C j: -r i;J P - o .1 5 J
2 - "Z o o — c c.
•* **
H -Bc 2 - - c
•E S-S'oa n ~ ^
*S •-VC
" o
“ “ 1^ t f i o ~
<
•B .. « -B O - M
— »« o c l . o 5: —
^ 3
I *££;.2 o EM “ c •= I i
c —c
s S T o 2 sf s sn r
(A *t3
C «" - « ’V
J I^ — - 3 0
B *2 .Sg | - O cs “ i-= 52 > d S "
i- -a> =H
m *o HO ^
^ r£ ^
- E“ -71 O -Q « •6*8 b
o -c •B „ o5 . - 0^o o c/j=-i u
"■o JCj B .£ -
-S "o 2
— ^ S B J2 g
— E ~ - o . t :•r c b ~
o c -r a - C L *>a ^
0- c
%J
. 3Cc .
- a S S- > c -c - o * . o w
g .J - 2rt ^ C-«/> o
•B a _
0
1 -a -3S ^ K» § S '- E 5° J |u o hr ,0 u *JH
^B - .
5 t ?? 5, Oc B O a >—
« e ^ >2-u‘ “ o
•C u
1 * 2 t2 c* »H C3
E -C M
5 s ?« -it:o 15 =
I b * | ^c= c c c rt O >. Z/ C > x u — -* ^ O T j
JS h te £ o£* > |
r 1 - S
•SL *ca bo<n c
>s"3
-art *73. E c
c
t£
■ 5 ^ 1 J ‘5 “
0
to “c
w • r>p m t*C . >N«j t o ca ■
^ a • 2 o -B^ CJ rs C/3 Ch' T ?• 3 •C O S
- •= s -
S s - 7
■- M w» c .52 •§. 60
•n 5 >s
■z E'S . 9
_ o —■ uo «
1 4
^ 0 3 — _ 0 ~r;r5 f» - * 3 . •“> “ 3 Cc ~
C _B - 3 O 3
2 ? o
'F sZ e -aCj ^ *-> o (/j =r
5 ^ •*: ^ O L
1c -B O
j-l= i s i
v J £ 'E.-~ is ° ■= s c1 =2
*-H - CJ o • — *- 2 uL. z: tJ “ rt■ - — 3 > , >-B Cl. « ^
^ .5t* —o .EO c
. <-» ’C C2 •§. 5> tf
O o •- -B — tc
E J: 2
•2 w c- ° s O c t,
: — a cs-i
r — «->
> 5I t -r * a " 0- s e e
c
*B vr.S >- F *— °I 2 >^ C o
- c CUD -TD* C C C tc« r c . ; i u U !5 _ .s■a -a o 5. . . c
:o C-. -e i fC n ^
©o c F -O-c 3 r:
*. ur c
3 _r-3 --e b| Br _r>
jz •- cI
^ c cc ^ ^|C i- F
CJ B 2 > X *“ <n*-* _rr
cj —-5 E
c ^r S "
CJ
•—• . *a^ -z : § r t c ®
M C- £ c -a ^ > u «—
° » - w
c t tc•15 k 5
c e jC — J;k -
c- .SI !
C rr _r
.5 -5 3 ° ir 3 F -c
-3 C V
O
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
C t c
s - it -=>o
.2 Q-
e 8*- n
tJ w C * - n »-E .£! . r -«5 ^ - o u« 3 oo
> _ro -C lJ %*- • ®
o-co
* o - t c
JC cjl. i 1c
“C *
- c~. r oo
z , * i “
t- o- c
J >
-Vrs
Ec o
— -=E **K o JJJ
F-i OJ
-£3
rsCWV*
9
> sCo
lZ _'ELVIt/
rsU
*5«/»
X co 'd
> u cn
VI c vtc CjO
-C
H
Or j
c
ott :3 O
. ^ la3 -C ‘ *3vtc J ZP
o-<* **
U v: uo >
,*z «
5 -5't o '—
e s^ CJ— <u *r n
to - c *5 oS ?
o £«» j»8 - SO s
-d « w .2 ^ j=;
oc
c*.oJa
? n ■=
* ^ c “3C
rj — *l : s I'- £- = - a
I . S o ^ -E _& *5o *7 7 * ~
tc c ^ °•5 I - E . 5S « ■= j : te .n -tcO J cS 2 fc:
. 8 c
o "B 3 -
Sf.S~ O
-CiU5 Cto o
■S L - S
• JZ « «S o ^o £ "d -c c 2 «? <t ft-
2S °8 i ’So V o -
S ^ j j»- .♦ -> r:3 C«- 4J
■5 " Jl
^ 52
tno9.6 c^ rt
2 S\>O u «cio cj - a DO C T3 C «rt 3 *^ c
I - * ?
? ! ? ■ § - O " o~ *- c 72O w o r
o-T3 n
JZ T“ f i oJ"* o c
> ja o *Eo u a t oc 3 J=
-M
>xrt
i
Mn
U
e >
ng
rCJ _ -
- c 8 — T~
c- oc c ue o ' d<-> g o c
§ * c 5C , , > s>■*• n s -rs — —- ECc :k o*- c ^O o k*_ c ug g s5* ^ c
o 5; t j
^ - -3
w a ?
CO
_ o
o
^ s v E
te -c =
CJ ^I I<-» C^ o
^ § c —■ O -O
? > c - p
= . r * 2 ^tmt *3
“ £ £ ° -
- ^ " o- c >2cj .E or ? i »
o . | i gc ^ r
' k. u S *•
? c c oO O
« • £
~ co sc. cJ 6
- o
- S J~ o “E o — c S ? c H £ ■ o io o • E
T3 5f 5! c *" - " — u
— r: c = -
O — fc -= Ea - 5 £ 2 - = . o
t> > "T,— o
~ c
— -r > oS .S -B S tec * r
o ’ ^o jC ~a c-1 c S
- c : t
1° Sia S S 6
- a c :“
c * s
? H
o •- J2 -ti c zz —t f i ’ i ^“ 6 l . ^
■ r <
o Ew uce “
o r 2B O
M f t - " ?
P j8 1 &
tir >•c Si
•? “ X S "5 4 J! ■®^ y C u- •* CJ
O
c: E
r, ci 2 c»CO — *— r“
e ^
' 5 ^ 1 o •? S '• . * * » « © w ■ v i _ . t f ,
r"1 -- ^ 1.s i * § I =£
I 5 1■ :o E
_D — U
£ ^ w. oI) .miC "—’> trs IU ' ~
-C —
c y
^ >> • —
u
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
•O Si G -S
i f &
2 ° 2 -c J2 *
«£ t -c
fcfl a•S -* DhO 2 » -J* c
- Si-o o ■£v» *-< •«
^ ’ Sb ir § .5 5
*7* s. 5 ^ 2•a •£ c _ .5 « -C o
! o toE -§ “ 8 5 » o c I? S o - I
£ fc’f• - -a ■%
-JS " oe c a - o e o
-c g fee -a o .E c m ^ n o *-* O .-d ^b ~ on £ -£u te ** So.?
w ^
i > L -
5 - § io -a t' “ 5 - « E - h8 | u T, -S P
n f-H*T3
‘ ■a C
M <u uto e c «c ~to c
* .55 *5o
s J St-. s aa- c*" O jj *r o o J2 v
£ -o c c o « u ^
•a Sr: o
-d vH £ f §°? *fis
u ca 5C .c < &
. *t3 cj CE 2 2 e
— V
fc & *£
1 * UE Sot : *->- « 0
~a w c on £X
**
f l .
X _ _cj rz :
■£ £ T 3 §
c , ^ a .E o = Et! 4 oCJ .£Z
$ toZ E .
* i .fc- r .6 0 g 2
a I d H
- c Saj C MV T ^• f E0 2 ®W u SQ in „ Cl , cj
n “Z ' O « X -
.2: P c
-a u c p S o1 *e h < <«to ^ oc i s * o
1 1 - io E ~ E £ o
* - * - & • o " ?
•- o . c -n to w
£ £ 2 ° := c
? o j = y
I JtR.X3
~C «
C £ O
i" s
-C *T3*-* O
- a “ o
E ”E g ^ 3
-d 60 ■- ^ . > '5
X 3
is.o -a
a so » •
I S—< ^ 3
r*> ar C ^
0 toI**1 -0
a js i~ CW C fijE -E xO jy -n
“S-a
oo v° o ^
>xZ ^ - CJ
c W*
7 -■r< *^
0 o1 §
D, ne 'io c
' . £ ■ ? to C «
oj -a-C C -h « -gc > ^ § -a
° c-D as * :b E j. 3,% o
c X S !5 ~ 2-C T3 0I 5 -5^ 8 I■S ,i ■£„ a . .OO — •
■5 1 >■i § 8a. o j; f q “„
c j 1
P "C “ 3
S 2b e O
« "S i .sI -
« I? « "a-C>
1c
g aC UU O
"^So ~ o cj d Qh re
o
§ g
« — - W IIP ° " = •- c
fcflS'2C w kfT r-” CJ^ E O ^f 3 . - c- -1 f - £ S iL «
— mm~ Cl. .« <#> P > i| O «>-£ E 'H «> "C a
o t o
* 5 t* >O «
c - -- 6 £ > . . P
X >N= SOo c j — . := -•5 ■£ ' ^ h
t c - Q
-a c r
V* J5 UJ O toc CJOo rl -aQJ Cj 6
c aSo o o •*
X cl o t+- t)*-« O r34_l >5§
.d3o ”bf*CJ £
s- vS o> > cT'5 O "cj(JCJ
-d .oc
VJuO12Sc o "I
o Cj0)o
r?U
c *“* Jjt*u. JZ a Q h 5v> J* -c
J3 =w ‘ *i*?T 3 ”
C *-< a ■ - o o
E «SX ‘ C »» o
* u 5
■ 5 c
u v C» I/) M
. p s
rsCt c
^ %tf) k. Cj
CJ J Z
P C/5
o t n
*5 °
ISs &cj ."S c'£ oS S 5
> CO
3 *S
= S - B ir - O o O ps •~ c gca c.= s 1 3 I5 - S - g - 2. U -B g> L.r. o - i i c.
v i < EO \j t
’T" ^dS oR S
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
o 3 O ■- *•-O - 3 tr> a
•MCJ
i s •- J Dr jej
CJ re re <j^ 3 rer«
. 3rt X D C
uCJ
o3
3 c0 20 T 3 3
'S x* 3
3 3 j : v » re c• "* 3 — J C
5o
< 3S
fc>3 *t3 3
cw.o X O
« cCr~. re
k -
’ o- 3
2o3n
reu
3oX4-<
|Ao
CJ- 3
uC*- . —" -3 JC cc-:3Oc “C33
DC3O
DCE
>
otnh
o < OJ L.*-i u CJ o
0 0 * 1 3C <-* 3r t re
• 3“~J tc o* s .a O ob = ^
e : 2 2
3 5i
B.P
i - S S S aH O 3 - “
“3 S S > =
" O « . C , £
• - c? oo >5*s o
l* 3
- - 2 . DC _
. . 3
:§ < S'S• S ' "
« t
s o - = **> -
■o -c .S §£> £> i=~ * " D C :
c3 • *
O rtJ= l „o rt■S fe* .2 E t 2 3 IS o> s
*5fi 60 3 © c of ? ^
n t> - £o u M * w 3c - o s_ eo _ Q
C ‘Z va S! >
Sk
’ o *-<
. P . J=»
DO C . 2 <
' S ' S .5 = <
J ■ -^ 3 O -o* <
3 • - O rt > s . - C DO **
. £ <J- * L- *.5 ■= s «>
“ T 3 O 3 £ « 3 3 *«b w
s-a £-S'S
£ 43 ui
d c . i ; g .5 ~ -5« ^ - a S - - c =
^ DOn C C “ ' C « “ n * -C tn u
’ £ . . >2 CJ t j
° s.^■ S n P ■5 "S ~ <u - S " a
- 5 < «
VI 3
8 * T 3S OE ^ u
£ 8 . 2_ " D - a T 3 c t> P re _Q« "U Ecj a 3
— u
6 c *■* ex. J i o*— i_
C~ Cbw orV* r i _
- 3
-T 3 *X5
— w r*
~ 8 , « “ ■ a « > . 5
; J 3 - C ^
S i s >— r t
> , _ C
S 2a § c P
O - c - c
3 C0 «« - 5
♦-> r srC j
DO O
1 «r « i- o
c
CJ *t3 dM C °£ “ E. r* O
> > c i t
-e J
CJ >
^ ’ d c
TJ 2 w T3 ^ 3 CX *T3 rt rt
.= - 3 ■ - 3. o: - o
MlDO ■C o
-s l "o H
>si_ «J * 3CJ>
■ W om <
DC*o C *D0Q , O 3tn DC o0 E -5C->
o V)rt
mi 3 O>s
CJ«r. <
" u •vre<SJ
O>
+-<>3
rt tcCJ►3 X 3oo u"G > -O
■ CJ> " 0O 3
rt . . .rt C E—« 3 UQ C CLJ 3
DCrt ■<
Q u!o o CC3
rt ’J Z o
8 20 - 2 ,
« O . w > .1- n 3 ^O _
— T 5o 6
CJ o3 r f !
E „i_ n “84-. CJ n r x
c * -
C rt 1 ° £ s
> - 9O > s
JZ . cU **"« O
3 4-JO
> < £J . P
0 4°> —
3 h«-c O
V . -T3
DC H C - r ;
c t o " o c
^1-•73
u C PQC o S
E £
rt 4 ♦-<
CJ 3■ S -
. 3 - O ocj ”■ -.• _
w - « c^ fc s *5 «£ I S i “8— i . ° O J s,• r o u
7 * -
•O o •
1.1
S - =« 3
£ * 3 - 5 <
- 3 0c W fc- o —
5 8 1 *J t>
o J5 •£ -H . i-- — £ . eb ° -
DCC
DOC C u! i->o a te o o
. - _ 2 —
'5- — '-
5 £— u
■ S i '«j “C * -= t -at=i'
CJ
* 5 cU d c-*<
c «
o _W> • -m* M
e ?- cj o •->t - a a —•-, * - CflDC ^ 2^ ^ - O
A mLJ 2 JZ.
So .£ ^ E*- CJ
s DCC
1 * . E n -
T 3cDc »- rt3 rt ^
£ ^ oJ3 S O
Sk . S
■£ E^ “ o g
E 3 S D . 3 C l ^^-I-S
e S 3S cn "
> s - ~t j r t
. 3 ^^ -ac So
- C » -^ o^ Q
a .
- d r s
£. ^
•- 6 c 2
i 3 -r 2
E •£
^ >
i «o o
s «O’ E' J U►n -c
cn
-T 3wn
- CCJ- 3
DC
>wn
- a
£ 2 2 £3 «t ^ J 2
■g 53 o
rt _“ 4->
re 3 QJ S E ■S CJE •*8 &-
- C , C
S-m |-£re v j
■3 3 3 D1^ ‘S -3 ‘3
T3£ x_ n t -a
’£ £
rt•—Ocnt/>CJl-i eo o3
Cj *T3Crt3OT3“dre
C:o i re —Cj
CJ >s o 3 Oo-ore Cj «/> 3 CL '«J£ o n X V)-* >re «/>Cju 3 -3 &% Uj. CJ (3CAreB
3*CJH3j—( C >sO
rt cISTJCj•!X
ureIET3
31H p-3ta3 s eCJCJ
UX3 c: o rtTJ JD 33re CJ X O '2 rt>, CJXi E 3 ' »-<IS
tfiM u-OCJ Xn3 o<-£JC CJ,3 -3-j XcosJ*O
OJure3CJ nIX CjrtIE C3CJ.3Z V)re rtw>•d n ■—.3 CJ 3 o O
-k DC3>■JC.
CJ3'unt>c
DC CJEO*3 3 «/5 C/3E H?«ao ? ■5 cj
S
a s£>C .;c .to-a tn o■ 6 SJ .» w« ^
a a iso-.E ?
— *- - C
cj _1TCJa . , ^3 cs "w cT*-> '-Jo ^ c t;«• E
> £»- C v
2 c E 3ChEP ou ^ Si“ " .s b
-C £ ti ._ «-* f _ 3 " 3
r - U . -
f 5 J 5 - s
5 E Sole3O « > , J 3
- n it *“ H
E .
0 oI- oa ,1 2Q u o- h*-• o^ y «
CJ
C .2 O3 . ._ <— E cSn E ^ DC «-.« o '8 re § S.
M ■! vT5 c s .ro w Hu o2 = EO Jir c -5
V o
' c = j:c? mo _ .E n *2
-S c . -
^ Isv jz» C 5f'
- -e J •= 5- > 0 . - 0 0
— ^ O O 3 v,c 7 S•= c T ■1 5 S 2-O < C „
2 -5 -a
> - E. -
« X O . -a — i . 'Z ^ - ;v x ~ -E - £; ;I ~ C !
i i s ;■" o ^Vi 3
s . a aI
* Z-3
| •£ E v3 ■
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Ihls account of Induced possession Is a personnel
account of my Initiation as a soothsayer(of the
acqulsitlon of a bakologo) conducted by Bagnaba
Azure, Upper Regional Chairman for the Psychic and
Traditional Healer's Association of Ghana, between
18 December 1976 and January 1st, 1977,in Nangode.
This account was originally presented at the
Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana,
.Legon, to Mr. Kofi Asare Opoku for the course
Sociology of Religions in Africa in January 1977 and
was part of a paper tltled:The Nature, Role and
Function of Spirit Possession In Traditional African
Society.The Initiation had begun in July of 1976 with
the consumption of strengthening medicines but it was
only In December that the Splrlts(worlms)gave autho
rization to proceed with the initiation. They also
allowed me to give a written account of the proceedings;
this would not have been possible without their consent.
PAr I' II
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
POSSESSIONnot induced by hum ans-Subject chosen by the spirit.
-Madness/Possession -Observation/veri fl- catlon to identify the state of affairs to see If it Is madness or genuine possession.
-Identification of the spirit.
-Initiation.
personalRequested by an Individual.
lineageSubject known to be dedicated to a function at or before birth.
For this section, the whole society Is aware that the subject will be Initiated into his function when the time Is right.
Al«
----------FTofc SScular-l.Mli'lAJ.'iOW-to' the sacrea I--------
|----------------- 1------------t hWill of the gods PERSONAL Lineage
Chosen by the gods Request to Known from birththe gods |Revealed through
soothsaying
L I A - . i A A A .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
YIWBAKOLUG
The following type of Initiation Is known as ylnbakolug.
After consulting the spirits, we went to purchase the animals needed for the sacrifices: one male goat and two fowls. Malt was bought to brew the ritual pi to(local wlne)whlch would be used In pouring libations and to refresh the crowd. The women of the house began the brewing process on that day as it takes three days to complete. Once the plto is ready, Initiation begins.
On the day of the Initiation, I was not permitted to drink water: only pi to in limited quantities. Fasting was also strictly enforced. Early in the morning, with a party of men, I was sent to the forest to gather barks and roots which would be used to make the medicine. Twenty four different species were gathered. Each piece of bark or root was placed into a rope bag and the person carrying the bag Is not allowed to talk whilst carrying the medicines. After the ingredients have been deposited in the zon, talking may resume and the party shares a welcomed drink. The remaining of the day goes on as usual until midnight.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
LIST OF BARKS AND ROOTo GATHERED
(All names are In Nabt due to ) (lack of time for scientific ) (identification of species. )
1. Sherloug2. Guoo3 . Guowonk k. Nollk5 . Nsabek6. Nsuruk7. Savoolouoyarik- which crosses a path8. See9. Gaa-Ebony10.Aarlk-Black Berry11.Nkamg- Fig tree12.Nkug 13-Bagnaa1^.Tuo-3aobab15.Guozee16 .Luog-Nkangl?.Guopaleg- Root which crosses the road1 8.Duo-Dawadawa19.Tanou-Shea Tree20.Nkangsong21.Nkpung22.Kallpon2 3 .Ptorl24.KookN.B.: The spelling tries as much as possible
reproduce the sounds of the words.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Or - C JMf Jwi^D WHEiiE IklllAriON 10OK PLAC.K
LEGEND1. Where the goat akin bag was placed.2. Altar called Bakologo mma(mother).3. Three-forked branch In which rests a rick, k. Central altar(Yln altar).5. Baobab tree- the father.6. Baobab tree- grandfather.7- Sleeping ground for the Initiate and his age-mates.8. Nandoo room- which Is also the treatment room.9- Zon-Room where the herbs were kept.
-Where the ylrdana(head of the house)sleeps when he Is old and ln“ whlch the animals are housedat night.where Banam speak to their children.
10. Zanore-Gate (always faulfig the East).N.b. For a more detailed description of a house, see
Meyer-Fortes, The Web of Kinship Amongst the T a l l e n s l s .
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
At midnight, the household Is awaken and the cloth bag Is taken outside. Ubations are poured to
the gods and the ancestors In order to ask their blessings for the ceremony.
A first fowl Is killed to see If the
spirits which will be catched will agree to come Into
the cloth bag: they refuse. The male goat was placed
lnbetween my legs and another fowl was sacrlficed:the
spirits were accepting to come Into the bag made from
the skin of the goat. The goat Is then sacrlflcsd and
taken Inside the compound to be skinned In a manner
which will form a bag: the only hole permitted is the
neck which will become the mouth of the bag.
Ihe aspirant Is then handed his rattle: he
will . rattle accompanied by the musicians. During
this time an Iron pot is brought and placed in front
of the Initiate by the yin altar(4). In this pot, he
puts the barks and roots, using his left then his
right hand alternatively, which were brought from
the zon by the person in charge of the initiation.This operation completed, the Initiation master takes
the roots away to prepare the medicine. Meanwhile, the
goat has been skinned so the death/rebirth may go on.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The master of Initiation takes the wet skin
and goes outside the gate accompanied by the aspirantwho lies down on his back, his head touching the
altar(2). The skin Is pressed heavily on the face
of the consultant, blocking his noze and mouth, until
loss of consciousness occurs; "Tonight I kill my son"
said the master before applying the skin. After this
ritual death, on waking, the new Initiate Jumps up,
picks his rattle and keeps on rattling. He them moves
Into the compound besides the fire where the medicines
are slowly burning Inside the pot. He takes a smoke
bath In the fumes of the medicines.Light soup Is prepared and the meat from the
sacrifices Is cooked. Light appears In the sky and the
compound fills with people.The Initiate Is taken to
a sitting place In front of the nandoo room. The stick
of a bow Is placed behind his back, under his armpits,
and is held in position by his age mates so that he
will not run 'to the bush'- A woman who has been
initiated brings the drink: a calabash filled to the
brim with pito laced with medicine. After the drink,
the bow Is removed: it is time for testing the
abilities of the new Initiate.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Members of the assembled crowd hide, either
physically or mentally, diverse objects which the
newly Initiated must find. Holding the divining
stick with the master of the Initiation, he searches
for those hidden objects. Each find Is greeted with
cheers and laughter from the spectators; these finds are also proof of the 'working' of the newly catched
spirits.
On the morning of the following day, we
consulted ^agnaba's spirits who said that there
remained a balance of one fowl and four guinea fowls
to be paid to the shrine and that there also remained
one spirit to be caught. The Guinea fowls were
acquired and the bag was placed by the altar(2).
The hen was held lnbetween both hands above the altar
by the Initiate who spoke thus:"I have come to pay the remaining
of my debt so you should come and seal this covenant: your fowls are here; if you agree, come and take this hen."
I'hey showed their agreement by taking this hen which
was killed through talking.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Since they were in agreement, the four guinea fowls were sacrificed and blood sprinkled onto the shrine, the divining stick, the bag, the
rattle and the bugre(horn). Feathers were also placed onto the shrine, the bag, rattle, divining stick whilst the major part was tied to the bugre.
The women then proceeded to cook a meal with the meat of the sacrificed animals. The liver, as is usual In sacrifices, was shared between the initiate and the spirits. The first course consisted of saab laced with medicine which was prepared by the Initiated woman and shared by her, the Initiate and the spirits.Men consumed their meal sitting In a circle by the altar(2) whilst the women ate Inside, meal consisting of saab and bloodmeal.Meat was shared to the initiate and to the initiated woman; guinea fowl meat as women cannot eat the meat of fowls. The crowd was then served with a meal.It is to not* that a non initiate cannot eat of food or drink laced with the medicine. Satisfied, the boys settle outside to sleep and that night the gate (10) of the compound is not locked but left open.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
When the sun rises, the Initiate collects the calabash, some medicine, a small stone which seemed to have appeared In the hole in front of the altar, his bag...brief his paraphenella and goes to the nandoo room to deposit It unto the shrine.
Ihe master of initiation calls his spirits who give final Instructions:
-The bakologo must not be hidden otherwise the spirits will leave;
-The bakologo must be used;-On the day of the first appearance of the moon In the sky, the new bagnaba must not eat saab.
The Initiate then takes full possession of his paraphenella; the Initiation Is now complete.The spirits of the bakologo may come from time to time through arother diviner to ask for sacrifices or for things that it wants. They will usually ask for a sheep to settle: the skin of a sheep to sit on and also a means of transport: It may be anything but usually they request for a cow or a horse. Other spirits may come to Join the bakologo and sacrifices
will be needed each time such occurs.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
t h e APPARATUS AND Ils ol jIJIFICAT rn;:(This list is by no means exhaustive)
Some words:
Kologo: female.
Kolug: Female bugre.
Bugre: Specific Mamprussi male god(splrlt)Eagre: Family shrine to banam.
The Apparatus:
Goat skin bag: Bakologo: female.Horn: Bugre: Male.
Calabash: Bakologo being female, sheneeds a calabash. In Namnam tradition, a woman carries with her a calabash when she marries and this calabash will be burrled with her when she dies. It Is necessary to bakologo to make offerings: this calabash Is used In pouring libations.A calabash is female.It also Indicate^
chlldren.
PA.tT III
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Di v i n i n g stick: This stick is the direct
contact between the con
sultant and the spirits.
(It’s role and function are
shown in part IV.)
It is male.
H a t t i e : This rattle is made from
a gourd which has been
emptied and filled with
sand. It is used to call
the spirits by almost eve
ry diviner no matter the
divlnatery technique used.
By it's shape, It is both
masculine and feminine.The
handle being the male part
and the ball shaped part
female.
These few elements are the basic tools
of a diviner using Ba k o l o g o * they are the structure
of the system. In order to be functional, two more
elements are necessary: The consultant and the contents.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
The Consultant: The body of the consultant plays an
Important part in the consultation.
As the following shows, the part of
the body pointed at by the stick
carries definite meaning.
Head: Something Is coming unto you.
For a person of royal descent,
it may talk of a crown: the
hat of chieftaincy for the
consultant or for the person
he is consulting for.
Noze: speaks of life or death.
(eg: noze+hoe=death)
Chin: Father.Shoulder: man(left shoulder=walt or
spirits)
Chest: (mom=me) the consultant.
Left waist or hip: brother.
Stomach: Secret thoughts- often means
pregnancy. ( A popular gree
ting is: How is your left
side meaning girlfriend.)
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Left leg: one's own or a brother's
children.
Knee: something Is near.
Foot: Will be travelling; a journey.
Left toe: Good luck.
The left side seems to be recognized as
the female side; the side of the unconscious, of
things w h i c h man cannot normally see.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Elements contained In the bag:
1. Snail shell: victory.
2. Head of monitor llzzard: good luck some-where=health.
3. Head of a fish: water=nothlng.
4. Red cloth or anything red: Identifies
fire; something 'HOT' coming the way
of the consultant; loss; trouble.
5. Rope: the consultant is getting entangled
Into a 'big' problem.
6. Metal: vehlcule- ask what sort of vehicule.
7. 5room: (local brooms made out of grass):
Peace; no trouble.8. Head of guinea fowl: Something that flies.
9. Turtle shell: peace=cool water.
10. Handle of a gourd: female=woman.
11.Corn cob: corn flower.
12.Millet cob: Millet flour.13.Cowrle+2 beads: money.l^.wing of a blue bird: Black: situation
not clear.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
15.Piece of goat skin tied with a rope and
one cowrie: death of a woman.
16 . Head of a bird with red feathers around
the neck: =Chieftalncy bird=comlng to the
apex; can also mean red=fire=trouble.
17. Mankpan=Ihe gizzard of a calabash=
the pulp of a calabash=children.
1 8 .Bell=metal=lorry.
19«White cowrie=peace(because It comes from water; the color white also means
peace).20. Head of a chicken=scattering=to prevent.
21.Antelope leg=wait.
22.Rabblt=theft case.
24.Knee bone of a cow=father.24.Piece of calabash=water=to make libations.
2 5 .Hoof of cow or of any anlmal-to carry
welght=to klll=to offer sacrifice.
26. Any horn=the family horn of sacriflce=2 sacrifices must be performed: either
to the don, which is a family god, or
to the bugre, who is In a pot.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i-late a - _akologo divination: one type of ta*: the clot1", bag and the divination stick.^his material was not yet in use and was photographed whilst hanging on the wall of the zon.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
j . t S S ' ' " ' - - - - ,- * * a i a _ . and -fcv rsp_rs sntt ^ u l luir0 o. an al^ar linked to jakologo. it is
a sort of grave and tombstone for a dove.
j. he dove feel straight in front of a person
from the sky for no apparent reason, .he dove was
ta :er. Inside and died a few days later, .he body was
ta.-ter. to a diviner who told the owner to bury it, build
ar. altar and sacrifice an aigrette (the white tiri
which follows cattle) to it.
ihe elder man seen in the plates wearing
a local shirt is the puah sam:the man responsible for
sending the first courting guinea fowls to the family
of the prospective bride. He is also the village
midwife. .he others are all sons of the healer: one
has completed secondary schools, one is in secondary
school and the others are either in middle school or
i-rimary school..his ceremony is similar to a burial cere
mony although it is conducted on a less grand scale
ae it is a personal affair between the owner of the
ba/.ologo and the spirits world.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
p xjA-*- ■*-< a X
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
. w / U . . ^ w . - » » A j ■ . ----------------% , ♦ . u . . . r , - - - —
. i t * __________________ ^ • . . _ .»■ w . . ; r v * - w ^ J — t 1 / - y »
' • 1 ? 9 »__________________— —.. —._ ~ - — -- »
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
TH2 COMPANIES CODE, 1963 ( I 179)
REGULATIONS OFASSOCIATION OF B HA Kit PSYCHIC S FRBttu, Ti&MlTlOWBRS------ £25£VCMf
are,
^SllloSSf(£r‘S S S f IS 1Jd“2 . The ob jects fo r which the association is formed
To uphold, protect and pronote the best in psychic and tra d it io n a l healing in Ghana and co llec tive ly to co-operate with the Ghana Acadeny o f Sciences and the Ghana Medical Association in the pronotion o f the science o f herbalism as w ell as psych iatric and psychosonatic treatnent.
3. The income and property o f the association , whencesoever d e rived , s h a ll be applied so le ly towards the pronotion o f the o b je c ts o f the association as set forth in the inme-d la t e ly p receding regulation and no portion thereof sh a ll be paid o r tran s fe rred , d irectly or in d irectly , by way of d iv id en d , bonus or p ro fit to any person who is a nenber o f the a s so c ia t io n or o f i t s Executive Council:
Prov ided th at,( a ) nothing herein contained sh a ll prevent the paynent
In good fa ith , o f reasonable and proper renuneratio to any o f f i c e r o f the association/ or 4o any members o f the association in return fo r *sftiy^£ervices actual l y rendered to the association nor prevent the paynent o f in te re s t at a rate not exceeding six per centun per nnniin on.ooney len t, or reasonable'and proper ren t fo r premises le t to the association;
( b ) no member o f the executive council o f the association s h a l l be appointed to any sa laried o ffic e o f the asso c ia t io n *o r o ff ic e of the association paid by fees;
( c ) no remuneration or other benefit in mQpey or moneys worth s h a l l be given by the association to any meaber o f ttie executive council except repayment o f ou.t—of— packet expenses and in terest at the rate aforesaidon money len t or reasonable and proper rent fo r prem ises le t to the assoc iation .
- . 4 '. Pursuant to S ec tion 24 Jof*the Companies Code, 1963 (A c t 179), the assoc ia tion lia s ,-fo r th£ furtherance o f i t au th o rised o b je c ts , a l l the powers o f a natural Pe^ o ° °£ f u l l cap ac ity except in so fa r as such pavers are expres y ox eluded byfthese Regulations. >
5 . ( 1 ) The board o f d irecto rs of the association sh a ll be known afl the Executive Council.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
2
1- 2 ^ J ® 0MP0I® B OPAREBM '2. KAI WDLOMO3. MOHjJEJD M,JIEVEI LaRY2a 16' FUSL'T- WANGARAs' “GRn>PA “« m5 . PH I I F OGA-KOBL/i. AHEVOR7* I I I7. OBOSOKPO KtfABBIti PR3K08 . OBOSOMFO TAW AH0MAH9 . ATIA BOSOMFO
10. KtfAKU BEYIN 11 - NANA NSITMWAAHENE12. OKOMFO KWADWO ADJEI 15. NANA KVAKIE ARflIH XVII14. KOFITSE HUNO15. BAGtJABA AZURE . ____
6. The powers o f the executive council a r t ~ l j j rf* accordance with Section 202 o f the Code.
7. The l i a b i l i t y o f the members is lim ited .
v * memt>er o f the association undertakes to contribute to the a6eet6 of the association In the event o f it s being wound up w h ile he is a member or within one year a fte r he ceases to be a member, fo r payment of the debts and l i a b i - l i ^ le s ° f the assoc ia tion and of the costs o f winding up such amount as may be requ ired not exceeding twenty cedis.
9 . I f upon the winding up or d issolution o'f the associat io n there remains a f t e r the discharge of it s debts:and l i a b i l i t i e s any p roperty o f the association, the Bame sh a ll not be d is t r ib u te d among the members but shall be transferred to some other company lim ited by guarantee having objects s im ilar to the o b je c ts o f the association or applied to some charitable o b je c t , such other ccmpany or charity to be determined by o rd inary re so lu t io n o f the members in general mooting p rio r to the d is s o lu t io n o f the association .
Ordinary Members
1 0 .(1 ) The subscribers of these Regulations and such other persons as the executive council sh a ll admit to ordinary membership s h a l l be members o f the association .
(2 ) The members in general meeting may by ordinary resolu t io n p re sc r ib e q u a lif ic a t io n s fo r membership of the association and un less the re so lu tion otherwise provides no person sh a ll th e re a fte r be admitted to membership by the executive council unless he has the proscribed q u a lifica tion s .
Associate Members
1 1 .(1 ) The assoc ia tion in general meeting may reso lve by ord inary re so lu t io n that the executive council may admit to asso c ia to membership o f the association and may prescribe q u a ii- fic a tio n fl fo r such associate membership.
(2 ) A sso c ia te members sh a ll be permitted to take part in such proceedings and functions o f the assoc iation as e re so lu t io n s h a l l p rescribe or. in defau lt o f p rescrip tion , as the oxecutive council sh a ll think f i t , but sh a ll not be nenbtrs o f the a s so c ia t io n in it s corporate capacity and sh a ll not hav. any vote on ajiy reso lu tion at any general meeting o f e asso e la t io n , o r be counted towards a quorum.
( 2 ) T h e f i r s t members o f t h e e x e c u t i v e c o u n c i l a r e ,
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
3
Honorary Membership
12.(1 ) Tho asso c ia t io n in general meeting may resolve H hnnnrar^ re so lu t io n that the executive council nay admit to honorary membership o f the association any person, whether ° L n? ^ d m a r y or assoc iate member o f the association , who in the opin ion o f the executive council has rendered s ig n a l Bervice to the assoc iation or to any of the obiects which the a s so c ia t io n i s formed to promote. '
(2 ) j*n honorary member, unless a lso admitted as an ord inary member o f tho assoc iation , sh a ll have the same righ ts as an a sso c ia te nenber and i f a lso admitted as an ordinary member s h a ll have the sane righ ts as an ordinary member but s h a l l not bo l i a b l e to pay any subscription to the association .
R esignation or Exclusion of Members
13. S u b je c t, in tho case o f ordinary members o f the a sso c ia t io n to compliance with Section 10 of the Code,
(a ) any o rd ina ry , associate or. honorary member may re s ig n h is membership by notice in w riting to the executive council;
( b ) the executive council may in it s d iscretion exclude from membership of the association any ordinary or associate member,
( i ) i f the subscription payable to the associat io n by such ordinary or associate member s h a l l be unpaid s ix months a fte r the same s h a l l have become due and payable; or
( i i ) i f in the opinion o f the executive council the continued membership o f such person would be detrimental to the in terests o f the assoc iation or to the furtherance o f i t s o b je c ts .
Subscriptions
1 4 .(1 ) O rd inary and associate members sh a ll pay such annual su bsc r ip tio n s as the members in general meeting on the recommendation o f the executive council sh a ll determine by ord inary re so lu t io n from time to time.
(2 ) The su bsc rip tion s h a ll be due and payable on adm ission to membership and therea fter on the £ jr s ’t ?* January in each year or on such other date as the re s h a l l p rov ide .
(3 ) The su bsc rip tion may d i f f e r as between,“m f^ b ^ D re - acd assoc ia te members and a d iffe ren t subscript — ntarchipscribed in tho case o f corporate bodies ad°j|. .. reoro-*or in tho caso o f any person admitted to membersh p .aontlng any in s t it u t io n or unincorporated association .
\
Accounts and Audit15. Tho oxocutivc council sh a ll causo d
account to bo kopt and an incomp and „ tod^Ln accor-balanco ahoot to bo prepared, audited and c ircu la dance with Sactiona 123 to 133 o f tho Code.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
4
o f t b o 'c o d c ^ B h a li b^anpolntod s ^ t io n 296accordance w ith Sections 134 to 136 o fth e 'c o d e ! rGgUlatGd in
Benural ttetitingB3 o n g
w ith Soction ^ ^ o ^ t h e C o d e ^ 8 Bha11 be held 111 accordance
o f the C ode.° ° ri 1Daxy DeQbers in accordance with Section 297
19. N otice o f general meetings sh a ll be given in
£ C^ V ‘ th+S0CtlOnS i 52 t0 159 o f the Code and accompanied J ; n“ y | ° eI 6 r e ? ^ f d t0 be c^ou lated therewith In accord a n t w ith Sections 157 to 159 o f the Code.
20. General meetings may bo attended by the persons r ®*®rrea Section ^60 of the Code and the quorun reauirods h a l l be as stated In Section 161 o f the Code.
21 . ^ Dember s h a l l not be en titled to attend or voteat any gen era l meeting by proxy.
22. A body corporate which is a am ber o f the association nay attend and vote at any general meeting by a representative appointed in accordance with Section 165 o f the Code.
2 3 . ( 0 General m eetings1 sh a ll be conducted In accordance w ith Section s 166 to 173 o f the Code.
(2 ) The P residen t, or in h is absence the V ice-President o f the a sso c ia t io n , sh a ll preside as chairman at every general so o t in g but i f ne ither is present within fiv e minutes a fte r the t in e appointed fo r holding the meeting the members present s h a l l choose one o f th ^ ir number to be chairman o f the meeting.
(3 ) On a p o l l being demanded on any resolution at a gen era l meeting the chairman o f the meeting may d irect a postgj b a l lo t o f the o rd inary members in accordance with subsections( 6 ) , (7 ) and (8 ) o f Section 170 o f the Code and sh a ll so d ire c t i f an ordinary reso lu tion to that e ffect is moved at the meeting and passed on a show o f hands or i f the reso lution concerned i s ,
(a ) a sp ec ia l reso lu tion , or{ b ) any such reso lu tion as is re ferred to in
re gu la tio n 9, 10, 11, 12 or 14 of those R egulations.
24. In accordance with Section 174 o f the Code a re so lu t io n in w r it in g signed by a l l the mecbers, or being t>°dles corporate by th e ir duly authorised representatives, sh a ll be as v a l id and e f fe c t iv e fo r a l l purposes, except as provided by such Section 1 7 4 , a s i f the seme had been passed at a gener a l meeting o f the association duly convenod and held, ana i f described as a sp ec ia l reso lu tion s h a l l b® * “ af V 2 h£?ea s p e c ia l re so lu t io n w ithin the meaning o f the Code and these R egu la tion s.
25-. Minutes o f general nestings sh a ll be kept in accordance w ith Section 177 o f the Code.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
5
. , * * • Eacb ordinary member present at any general meeting° n a Sh0w of hands or a P °n i f a post''I b a l lo t is d irected in accordance, with regulation ^ 5
subsection s ( 6 ) . ( 7 ) an* (8 ) o f
faSe^e vote?1"' '®Cther °r DOt Pr6S3nt at the neet“ g . ’Bhall
The Bxecutive Council
27" The number of members of the executive council, not being le s s than two or more than twenty, sh a ll be determined by o rd inary reso lu tion o f the menbers in general neeting and u n t i l so determined sh a ll be s ix teen ..
28. The continuing members of the executive council nay act notw ithstanding any vacancy in th e ir body; but i f and so lon g as th e ir number is reduced below two or below the number f ix e d by the executive council as the necessary quorum, they nay act fo r four weeks a fte r the number is so reduced, but th e re a fte r nay act only fo r the purpose o f increasing their number to that number or of summoning a general meeting of the asso c ia t io n and fo r no other purpose.
29. Members of the executive council sha ll be appointed from among the ordinary members of the association in manner fo l lo w in g , that is to say, o
( a ) at the f i r s t annual general meeting of t^e association a l l the members of the executive council sh a ll re t ir e from o ffice and at the annual general meeting in any subsequent year one-th ird , o f th e ir number or, i f their number is not three or a m ultiple of three, then the number nearest one-th ird , sha ll re t ire from o ffic o ;
( b ) the members o f the executive council to re t irein every year sh a ll be those who have been longest in o ff ic e since th e ir la s t election, but as between persons who became members on the same day those to re t ir e sh a ll, unless they otherwise agree among themselves, be determined by lo t ;
( c ) e lection to the executive council sha ll be by secret b a llo t which sha ll be oonducted in the fo llow in g manner, that is to say,
( i ) any ordinary member wishing to nominateanother ordinary member or members fo r e lection to the executive council shall the secretary in w riting,tho nominee's consent In w riting, at le -s t twentv-ono c lea r days before the date of the annual general meeting o f the association . A re t ir in g member sh a ll be fo r re -e lec tion without nomination and sh=_* L deemed to o f fe r h im self ^ re -e lectIon _ uraess he notified the secretary in w riting at least twenty-one days before the date ol the annual general meeting, that he does not wish to stand fo r re -e lec t io n !
V o t e g o f K e n b e rg
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
G H A N A P S Y C H I C ft H E R B A L
P R A C T I T I O N E R S A S S O C I A T I O N
RECIOJLT ir m r
IDENTITY CARD
N o - O' 7%
. "±03 s’ thk5 ± emaining vacanciy
. - ao oasuai vacancies.
(d ) any casual vacancy in the number o f members of the executive council nay be f i l l e d by the executive coun c il or by ordinary reso lution o f the members in gen e ra l meeting in accordance with Section 181 of the Codo.
30. The persons re fe rred to in Section 182 of the Code s h a l l not be competent to be appointed nembers of the executive co u n c il.
31 . Membership o f the executive council sha ll be vacated in accordance with Section 184 o f the Code and any nenber nay be removed from the exocutive council in accordance with Section 185 o f tho Code.
3 2 .(1 ) The proceedings of the executive council sh a ll bo re gu la ted by Section 200 o f the Codo.
(2 ) A t a l l meetings of the oxecutive council the p re s id e n t , o r in h is absence, tho v ice-prosidcnt i f present, s h a l l be chairman.
33. M inutes o f moetingB of the exocutive council and o f any committoo o f tho oxecutivo council sh a ll be lcopt in accordance w ith Section 201 o f the Code.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
W SZ cc.
<*UlZUi
»■> ^ «■» JO
fflMr So oss 2 2 -m « &> ® —
o i u 5 a «£ c c-c - 2 •> ° c >f O 3 ° !£ g“o g s.|^M f f j
iflgllill”-5J S "u' ^ 03 3 ~ O
J ' S ' o 06 u — *«2 C O .E « 3 o
8 3 § « 5 i S - - - S .2 « — < u »tr 5 Ea £.2 t> 2 «2 - .c -c £ «*o x i: qo zz ~ oo c « .2 V <- .c *? *M> £ O 0£iea± «nl5 ^ u l. 3 -C J X) X)
o "C — S ® > -c" “ e-Sggr
L L
and
Her
bal
Pra
ctit
ione
rs
Ass
oci
ati
on
.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
( I ) IU .Q 3 N f . L C O t J O T T a R
R eg iona l Chairman,Beoratary .^ reasnrer
HoBeareh O fficer AEI D lB tr lo t Secretaries.
Chairmen.
( « - ) h m T o Q J T r ' u .
T iuouth ra la e s and otaer get to-gether parties .
( j ) H e rb a lis t s should be encouraged to apeak the truth In curing
p a t ie n ts and to elemand gtguine things fo r sac r ific e .
(II) Members ahould de& lst fron a l l acta lik e ly to endanger the
good name o f the a ssoc ia tion .
(5 ) Come percentage should be l e f t at D istr ic t level,R egional level and N a tio n a l le v e l .
(6 ) A p p lic a t io n through D is t r ic t to Regional le ve l fo r consideration* He ahoul be in terv iew ed about treatment about various Bicknes befofor reeommenendation 1* made to Urban Council.
( 7 ) Pho to graphs o f a l l members o f association should be properly kept
(8 ) DEATH OF A MSKBSBFive oed ls f o r a member per year fo r fu n er-i, personal con tri-
betiona should be welcomed,
Regional Secretary.Treasurer.Chairman.
N ational O ffice rs .
i-elun^u to Tindfingo
Confco
Logre
D a li gsZan lerigu - Damollgu
DachloDasal)! 11 gnZuaYakotl
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
U t l A T n 1 1 . j ' o g - y -
ktx• «/- ' f .
_ _ J
- U ;
(3)
Ik)
( 1 ) R egional Committee:
K egional Chal rtimn fieg iona l Secretary fiegional Treasurer R egional Research O ffic e r D is t r ic t Chairmen D is t r ic t S e c re ta r ie b
n v . .« x v J w . r r ^ . . u o i
Through r a l l i e s anc other get together parties .
H e rb a lis t s should be encEuraged to speak the truth in curing \atients and to demand genuine th ings fo r s a c r i f ic e s .
kembers should desi6 t from a l l acts lik e ly to endanger the good name o f the Association.
tjBB T0 3S COLL^CTLD:Some percentage should be le f t at the D istr ic t , Regional and N ationa l Levels.
lI Ciu ■ >
A pp lican ts should route th e ir applications _ through the Bi«tri'ct~Giimixmen“to Xhe"Hc;^ro:i^x Chairman fo r consideration . Applicants would, however, be subject to interview on matters concerning treatments, various sickness, before _ f i n a l recommendation i s aace to the Urban Ccur.cil.
Photographs' o f a l l members 01 the -association Bhould be p roperly kept.
MISCELLANEOUS:
Every member sh a ll pay a yearly fee of #5-00 towards the A sso c ia tio n 's Ti scellaneous services
(b j the f u l l control o f bu ria l of D is tr ic t
such as:
l a ; deatn by which some amount towards fu nera l services and consolation to the fa r -ily .
- - - . — C haicDB D .
(6 ) HiSTINO PLAC5 S:
Meeting p laces sh a ll be as
Dachio D asab illgu Zua, and, Y ak oti.
CongoLofc(pe De l i e s
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
Ghane-W.Afiica. 20 tn J>ep \.eouer, j
1.0.3.
Hr. oagna~a Asiire,Po st O i r i e i box i,aangodl,doigataaga.
D m S ir ,
I wi-Ll l l * e to inrora 70a that ions mowers 01 tba Association have l u t called on the Hesa or State ana Uhairuan or tne ■au.onaJ. Heaeupuon Oouncj_i 10 eaplunea to nla the Alas end Objectives of oar Association a fte r i t s reg istra tion . Honestly spaaiing we have bean welcomed holdheartedly by the Head o f State and promised tu vehasaatly to assist os to mable us te achived our goal. I w ill discussed every matter with you when 1 ca ll on you personally.
For your Information and necessary action the Membership Cards are ru d y and 1 w il l be coming down with them to be issued to your people at in the Region. Please write to infora me when you receive tMs letter as 1 an now bee n based an a special crash programme.
I t w i l l in terest you to know that our Testimonials are also in progress whm coming 1 w ill come with some few copies for your observation, to enable you to know how serious we have been planning towards the sucess o f the Association in the Country. Ue at this time need your help both in ■oul and s p ir it and enable the Association sta-nds on its fee t. Please inform jnnr ae&bere o f coming as there w ill be some rallies at some of the towns In the Bagion.
In fac t, the Membership Cards are to be Introduced to the umbers at a ra lly before issuing and i t w ill be appropriate for you to arrange fo r a l l those places where the meetings are to tflke place. I w ill sent
you a te le g r& e when 1 an ready to start ay journey from Accra to the region. How are your people over there? we in Accra are woriying about the organisation in the region as we have not been hearing of you agter oar la s t meeting.
Wishing you Good Uiei end longer least o f l i f e in a ll your eforts to baXo the Association * foraidablo onfl*
I renain,
Xoora fa ith fu lly .
NATIONAL ORGANISED
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
* oair of Ik,m ut d a tr o f t h l i
It t la r iM uttld h r 0n ot* d
M y R tf. Nn U l.c ./ J ) . W o i . 3 / ^ 1 O. Box so^ Bojgatanga
Your R tf, N o . _________ ' L p p e r R,-<T e l c g r a m * - U m n i \ T o n Y " *
T*lephon*~BoLQn 431
Kigjonal Admioistrati»e Office
;»on
I f * nu&ry, 76
ru icT j-------1£T.TC..|T1
----
c o p ie s eacn M * * “ d 9 (n in e )aoove , r e c e iv e d from tr,? oen r b i ‘ ° " S re fe r re a to o f n e a lth , fo r d iEt r ib u t io n l a n L t S l . T ” 1" 3 ' i i in is t r y s a t io n s in the Upper * e g io n . ^ te r e s t e a persons/o.-£an l-
^ v - dat* iine— ««o. M «„ £**»“ « g a . i ^ g g y3 . 1 „ , u m coula >oi „ „ r« w l j _
f o r : ni)i-ip<ijii’jO»Tiv£ o n ’ IC£fiI (IiaVIB YaxIO)
THi. C H * lA jd (, GrixNii i'SYCHIC AiJD i’jOiUITIOhju, AiaOClATIOj.,K t o f G f f l C i B O X 6 2
■dOLGxTAi GA.
i - RENEW AL OF LICENCES
. v ■'*• Remarks
I973_
I974_
197<_
N «m e r iAddrEis_‘_. I.’ -y-. si
«' r, -* r " "
197 6__197 7 .___
I97I_X.D ite o f B irth_____________________
PItee -of Birth 1 » ia *' ' — 1979_
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
c C u M
id nis.tr j o f Health r . \ ) , 0 0 X rio^H
Accra.
12th December, 1977
b i t o KuK Tn£ k^Gui^TlUi, «J»4, COHJgOL OF gna kit* C .ICr, OSIauPATflY ahL) OThi.it Oi1 UnQiiTiiulHjX i u-iICIm. £XCjuPIT IO j<*-L Kiu>lClh£.
fr^U^QaiiLS FUri LiXal&Xia-flQjrt t'UK TBa it£GULikTlO» ANDCU 'i'KU 0} IxlAJll'lUn L, Thg^vt-X/Uiinb flAi)ICIl<&
I an d ire c ted td enclose 10 (t e n ) copies eacn o f the d r a f t le g is la t io n / r e g u la t io n s re fe rre d to above for d is t r ib u t i o n to a l l in te rested persons/organ isations in your R eg ion .
2 . I t w i l l be apprec iated i f the comments are submitted d i r e c t to t h is f i in is t ry before the second week o f January, 1970.
3 . Your c o -o p e ra t io n i s app rec iated .
( a t x i O a o I u £1*Ufori PHInCIr/uj MjCnrjTiJiY
■PHp. R i u I o i w t L 0 ? .r IC iJ ? ,
hCCtLAK O F O jI I J U A
C itP i . CO<*oT
£ > X * K U l> D I
ao6.J^l box'! Y/vJ*I
i ' i l i , A U p
d C l L J A i
A HOm
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
prc c-j.r ror ^ . ,co:..acL of TTujiTic:'..!. r -g '-V j-yj
TITU
Control o f tho practice o f trad itional nedicine.
2. PURPOSETho purpose o f tho lo e is la t io n i s to roculate and co n tro l tho t ra in in g , reg istra tion , and licensing of p ra c t it io n o rs o f trad itio n a l nedicine and to establish o codo o f o th ics and practice fo r the profession.
3. DCn.lTIOI'S(a ) "T ra d it io n a l □adicine" neans treatment and care
u s in s trad it io n a l nothods, this expression including su rg ic a l procedures and denial sur£;Dry.
(b ) "The t ra d it io n a l pharnacopooia" neans the book offo m a la e Tor trad itiona l neflicancnts and ihe art o f p rep c rin j the=, th is expression excluding chcmcal products and synthetic and industria l nedicancnts vith g a le n ic a l fornulas prepared according to the techniques o f the o f f ic ia l pharrncopoeia.
4. APTEOHITY FOETho C o m iss io n e r "or Health hereinafter referred to asthe C ocn issioner sh a ll be responsible fo r the inplenontation ■o f th is le g is la t io n .
5. SSTIHJSgC^J OF .. COUNCIL 0? .V-JIIK.-L I-EPICI!"A Council o f T rad itiona l Iiodicine' sh a ll bo established.
5.1 coigosm'oiTThe Council s h a ll be cocposed o f : -
(a ) An independent chairmn selected by the Hoad of State.
( b ) 5 re g iste red practitioners of traditie:-.al ce^icincappointed by tho Cosrdssionor on the advice ofp ra c t it io n e rs o f trad itional nodicino.
(c ) L re g iste red nodical p ractitioner.
(d ) L rec isto red p lm m adst.
5.2 ofIleabcrs o f th . Council sh a ll s.rve fo r a p o n e : of 5 years
end s h i l l be cliji'tlo for
5 . 3 T . R I / T 0 ? T I P C O U N C I L
The Council sh a ll have a socretrria t cenposed o f : -
( a ) L R e -ic t r c r c^oir-tod by the Council
functio:‘-a.i l l - t a f f sh a ll be appointed under terns and conditions d e t u n e d by the Council.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
K iu y iM c s JJ 'D b u i c s o f -■
Tho Council s h a ll t et i 0Mt . ..
- i ^ r t r r r :ncyoin Rules o f Procoduro fo r i t s ® c t i ^ 1 * a ? « U h J?8 na} bo paid to Council H e-bore. “ '-tine allowances
5.5 FOUCTICiS
The fu nc tio n s o f tho Council shell be -
i . To e s ta b lish ru lo s an: n a t i o n s fc r the
- of * " ■ « « « »i i . To o s ta b lish code o f othics end practice of
t r a d it io n a l nedicino,
i i i . To cakc arranrencnts fo r the training and r o j i s i r c t io n of duly qualified parsons in accord cnee with tho relovciu current r e f la t io n s n2.de under this Doers-?,
i v . To pronote rosearch in the traditional systems of nodical cc.ro. .•-*
v. To c a r r y out such otherj i c t i t f t t z s as it zmy beempowered or requirc^to perform by the Decree or - tho riilos f o r its inplezentetion,
E£L2£§ o f 2j£ comsssicins to m s3&ulltio:sTho CczLuissioncr ahull have powers to noJrc regulations covering c.ny aspects of tho training, licensing,registration, co'lo of othics eji! practice of ..___traditional nedlcine if coi-sidered nocessary in_£He interest of the protection of public health#
7. n^UF^CTURZ nW PRODUCTION OF ‘Ml IHDigj::i:TS7.1 STiLBLisEirrirr or tr/jitktll ra'/JngoroiiLL
The Council shall establish a traditional phimr.copoeia which shall be revised fron tine to tioe as necessary in the licht of experience or new knovloc.ee,
7 . 2 P A jp u iL T in " T.;,TT!T.T.Ti:3. s t o p j - j : : u s : 3j’J jZ o r : r v i J i T i c : ' u i m i c / j r a iT S
The C om iss io n e r ahn ll havo powers to 3d:c regulations on the advice o f the Council or in the in terest of public health to
ensure th a t :—
a . t ra d it io n a l nodican.nts aro. prepared, stored and sold under hygienic conditiens;
b . t m i t i o n a l nodicancntc r.ro safe, efficacious and of accoptablo quality;
c . t r a d it io n a l a o d e . - ^ t s are as fa r as prop-.rU la b e lle d sho.rln, tho rane of t ^ita f o ^ J a , dose.re. ncthc- of use, .an,-rs and cc.ntrc-indiccticns, na^o end aacirosE .. nnmif rcturer.
b . o t e :.:::s
i . I t shall bo an offence fo r any psrsor. £t ra d it io n a l D e o i c i n c unless he i _ * o - l : «p roporly liconsod nni- ro is te re d - -p rovision$ o.r th is Docroe. h,
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
ill.
11.
iv .
3 -
C E0™ srcicl nature reletiDG to trad itionr.1 nodicancnts is s t r ic t ly prohibited.
I t a h i l l bo OB offence to advertise or nets claias f o r tho troata_n t of t'.io diseases l ie tec* below • any other that b: added by tho Cozsnisoionor fro o tina to tino:
'.TIL
a. Cancer
b. Mental i l ln . s c
c . V jn crca l iisoasc
d. Diabetes
I t sh a ll bo ar. offonce fo r a traditional healer
a . to pretend or by any ncans whatsoever holdh in se lf out to D3 a neiical practiticker or
uao the I'-arx- noclical practitioner or doctor or any cane, t i t le , descriptions or synbol in d ica tin g or calculated xc lead persons to i n f - r th:.t hs possesses the qualifications of a nodical practitioner unless he possesses a n c 'ic a l degree or nodical di^loua of a u n ive rs ity or institution rocc.TJ.sod under the Mcdical end Dental Council Decree;
b . tc p e r f r n an operation on or administer any Cruj or zsedica^ nt by the parenteral route crp jrfo rD an in ternal ezani nation on or drau
blood fror: any person except ci^cur.cision, in c is io n of bo il or nornal delivery of child b ir th ;
c . P03SC3S or USB or administer any drug or nedicanent c la s s if ie d os "dan-crouB drags" under tho provisions o f the Phamacy and IruSs Act and any other drugs or nedicanonts as nay be specifiedby the Connissioncr*
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
A. ‘ .... J i i
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
^rov. -h . An inornate In productivity \n one sector.
.,.1 - differentiated growth: (croissance indifferenciee)
All new cells are the exact replica of the
original cell; growth is simply quantitative.
/.e are in presence of a purely exponential
Increase in the number of cells.
Organic Growth: Different groups of cells begin to
differ by their structure and their function.
Jells become specific for each organ in func
tion of the development of the organism,
ijevelopment ; a durable modification of structure,
indicator of development: Ihe rapport flux of revenue
over labour force, jrnwtn without development: ,'iay te considered in tne
case of a dependant economy. It is the case oi
the expension of one sector of an economy whicn
exports raw materials each time that the fruito
of an increase in productivity are retained
a broad.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
1 he growth of the rapport revenue flux
over latour force has teen considered, since the time
of the classics, as the best indicator of the deve
lopment process of an economy, ^.his growth may result
from modi flcations in the technique of production as
well as an increase in the quantity of capital per
active person, and when studied, we usually use as a
basis tne multitude of factors whose composition
constitutes a national economic system...
...The concept of development may also be
applied to any economic ensemble whose composition of
it's demand translates individual and collective
preferences based on a value system. But if the eco
nomic ensemble presents a structure which is simple,
i.e. if the demand is not autogenerated, as in the
case of a specialized firm or productive sector, it
is advisable to avolt the concept of development and
to use that of growth.In fact, the concept of development contains
the idea of growth but it goes beyound it as it refers
itself to an ensemble of complex structure.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
i.hls structural complexity is not a simple question of technological level; it translates the
diversity of social and economical forms begotten by „he social division of labour, it is because it must satisfy the multiple needs of a collectivity that
a national economic ensemble presents a great com
plexity of structure, xhis ensemble is subject to
the permanent action of a multiplicity of social and
political factors which escape current economic
analysis. It is in that optic that rranvois i-erroux
has defined development as "the combination of
social and mental changes of a population which
renders it apt to make grow, cumulatively and las
tingly, it's global real product".We must reserve the concept of growth to
express increase of real production. ..in a sector of
production. ... Growth is an increase in production
at the level of a specialized productive sector, ana
development constitutes the same phenomenon conslcered
from the point of view of it's repercussio..^ on ^h~
economic ensemble of complex structure which inc-*-
the sector in question.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh
.he hypothesis of growth without development
may be considered in the case of a dependent economy.
It is tne case of the expansion of one sector of an
economy exporting raw materials, each time that the
fruits of an increase in productivity are retained
abroad. In this hypothesis, development will manifest
itself at the level of a greater whole which includes
both the economy to which the sector belongs and the
p r e v a i l i n g economy. (i(ote 1, p. lk)
.ion d ifferentiated and organic growth: Kihajlo,
Mesarovlc, Eduard, pestel; atrategle pour Lemain:
2e flapport du Club de Home; Paris; ^euil; p.27*
Development and Growth: rurtado, Celso; Jheorle du
Developpement jjjconomique; i-aris; t . U . r . , 1973;
pp. 12-15-Amin, ^amir; ^eveloppement Inegal; i-aris;
editions de hinuit; 1973» 3°5p...ote: all translations done by the author.
University of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.ghUniversity of Ghana http://ugspace.ug.edu.gh